diff options
| author | Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org> | 2024-04-27 06:17:24 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org> | 2024-04-27 06:17:24 +0000 |
| commit | 9d8085074991d5c0a42d6fc96a2d1a3ee918aad1 (patch) | |
| tree | c85bca1e6c11eb872edfc64c524d20f2b7e3307b /doc/bash.html | |
| parent | Initial commit. (diff) | |
| download | bash-upstream.tar.xz bash-upstream.zip | |
Adding upstream version 5.1.upstream/5.1upstream
Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>
Diffstat (limited to 'doc/bash.html')
| -rw-r--r-- | doc/bash.html | 14369 |
1 files changed, 14369 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/doc/bash.html b/doc/bash.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..adb9e76 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/bash.html @@ -0,0 +1,14369 @@ +<HTML><HEAD> +<TITLE>BASH(1) Manual Page</TITLE> +</HEAD> +<BODY><TABLE WIDTH=100%> +<TR> +<TH ALIGN=LEFT width=33%>BASH(1)<TH ALIGN=CENTER width=33%>2020 October 29<TH ALIGN=RIGHT width=33%>BASH(1) +</TR> +</TABLE> +<BR><A HREF="#index">Index</A> +<HR> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +<A NAME="lbAB"> </A> +<H3>NAME</H3> + +bash - GNU Bourne-Again SHell +<A NAME="lbAC"> </A> +<H3>SYNOPSIS</H3> + +<B>bash</B> + +[options] +[command_string | file] +<A NAME="lbAD"> </A> +<H3>COPYRIGHT</H3> + + +Bash is Copyright © 1989-2020 by the Free Software Foundation, Inc. +<A NAME="lbAE"> </A> +<H3>DESCRIPTION</H3> + +<B>Bash</B> + +is an <B>sh</B>-compatible command language interpreter that +executes commands read from the standard input or from a file. +<B>Bash</B> + +also incorporates useful features from the <I>Korn</I> and <I>C</I> +shells (<B>ksh</B> and <B>csh</B>). +<P> + +<B>Bash</B> + +is intended to be a conformant implementation of the +Shell and Utilities portion of the IEEE POSIX specification +(IEEE Standard 1003.1). +<B>Bash</B> + +can be configured to be POSIX-conformant by default. +<A NAME="lbAF"> </A> +<H3>OPTIONS</H3> + +All of the single-character shell options documented in the +description of the <B>set</B> builtin command, including <B>-o</B>, +can be used as options when the shell is invoked. +In addition, <B>bash</B> +interprets the following options when it is invoked: +<P> + + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>-c</B> + +<DD> +If the +<B>-c</B> + +option is present, then commands are read from the first non-option argument +<I>command_string</I>. + +If there are arguments after the +<I>command_string</I>, + +the first argument is assigned to +<B>$0</B> + +and any remaining arguments are assigned to the positional parameters. +The assignment to +<B>$0</B> + +sets the name of the shell, which is used in warning and error messages. +<DT><B>-i</B> + +<DD> +If the +<B>-i</B> + +option is present, the shell is +<I>interactive</I>. + +<DT><B>-l</B> + +<DD> +Make +<B>bash</B> + +act as if it had been invoked as a login shell (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>INVOCATION</B> + +</FONT> +below). +<DT><B>-r</B> + +<DD> +If the +<B>-r</B> + +option is present, the shell becomes +<I>restricted</I> + +(see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>RESTRICTED SHELL</B> + +</FONT> +below). +<DT><B>-s</B> + +<DD> +If the +<B>-s</B> + +option is present, or if no arguments remain after option +processing, then commands are read from the standard input. +This option allows the positional parameters to be set +when invoking an interactive shell or when reading input +through a pipe. +<DT><B>-D</B> + +<DD> +A list of all double-quoted strings preceded by <B>$</B> +is printed on the standard output. +These are the strings that +are subject to language translation when the current locale +is not <B>C</B> or <B>POSIX</B>. +This implies the <B>-n</B> option; no commands will be executed. +<DT><B>[-+]O [</B><I>shopt_option</I>] + +<DD> +<I>shopt_option</I> is one of the shell options accepted by the +<B>shopt</B> builtin (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</B> + +</FONT> +below). +If <I>shopt_option</I> is present, <B>-O</B> sets the value of that option; +<B>+O</B> unsets it. +If <I>shopt_option</I> is not supplied, the names and values of the shell +options accepted by <B>shopt</B> are printed on the standard output. +If the invocation option is <B>+O</B>, the output is displayed in a format +that may be reused as input. +<DT><B>--</B> + +<DD> +A +<B>--</B> + +signals the end of options and disables further option processing. +Any arguments after the +<B>--</B> + +are treated as filenames and arguments. An argument of +<B>-</B> + +is equivalent to <B>--</B>. + +</DL> +<P> + +<B>Bash</B> + +also interprets a number of multi-character options. +These options must appear on the command line before the +single-character options to be recognized. +<P> + + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>--debugger</B> + +<DD> +Arrange for the debugger profile to be executed before the shell +starts. +Turns on extended debugging mode (see the description of the +<B>extdebug</B> + +option to the +<B>shopt</B> + +builtin below). +<DT><B>--dump-po-strings</B> + +<DD> +Equivalent to <B>-D</B>, but the output is in the GNU <I>gettext</I> +<B>po</B> (portable object) file format. +<DT><B>--dump-strings</B> + +<DD> +Equivalent to <B>-D</B>. +<DT><B>--help</B> + +<DD> +Display a usage message on standard output and exit successfully. +<DT><B>--init-file</B> <I>file</I><DD> + +<DT><B>--rcfile</B> <I>file</I><DD> + +Execute commands from +<I>file</I> + +instead of the standard personal initialization file +<A HREF="file:~/.bashrc"><I>~/.bashrc</I></A> + +if the shell is interactive (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>INVOCATION</B> + +</FONT> +below). +<DT><B>--login</B> + +<DD> +Equivalent to <B>-l</B>. +<DT><B>--noediting</B> + +<DD> +Do not use the GNU +<B>readline</B> + +library to read command lines when the shell is interactive. +<DT><B>--noprofile</B> + +<DD> +Do not read either the system-wide startup file + +<A HREF="file:/etc/profile"><I>/etc/profile</I></A> + +or any of the personal initialization files +<A HREF="file:~/.bash_profile"><I>~/.bash_profile</I></A>, + +<A HREF="file:~/.bash_login"><I>~/.bash_login</I></A>, + +or +<A HREF="file:~/.profile"><I>~/.profile</I></A>. + +By default, +<B>bash</B> + +reads these files when it is invoked as a login shell (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>INVOCATION</B> + +</FONT> +below). +<DT><B>--norc</B> + +<DD> +Do not read and execute the personal initialization file +<A HREF="file:~/.bashrc"><I>~/.bashrc</I></A> + +if the shell is interactive. +This option is on by default if the shell is invoked as +<B>sh</B>. + +<DT><B>--posix</B> + +<DD> +Change the behavior of <B>bash</B> where the default operation differs +from the POSIX standard to match the standard (<I>posix mode</I>). +See +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SEE ALSO</B> + +</FONT> +below for a reference to a document that details how posix mode affects +bash's behavior. +<DT><B>--restricted</B> + +<DD> +The shell becomes restricted (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>RESTRICTED SHELL</B> + +</FONT> +below). +<DT><B>--verbose</B> + +<DD> +Equivalent to <B>-v</B>. +<DT><B>--version</B> + +<DD> +Show version information for this instance of +<B>bash</B> + +on the standard output and exit successfully. + +</DL> +<A NAME="lbAG"> </A> +<H3>ARGUMENTS</H3> + +If arguments remain after option processing, and neither the +<B>-c</B> + +nor the +<B>-s</B> + +option has been supplied, the first argument is assumed to +be the name of a file containing shell commands. +If +<B>bash</B> + +is invoked in this fashion, +<B>$0</B> + +is set to the name of the file, and the positional parameters +are set to the remaining arguments. +<B>Bash</B> + +reads and executes commands from this file, then exits. +<B>Bash</B>'s exit status is the exit status of the last command +executed in the script. +If no commands are executed, the exit status is 0. +An attempt is first made to open the file in the current directory, and, +if no file is found, then the shell searches the directories in +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PATH</B> + +</FONT> +for the script. +<A NAME="lbAH"> </A> +<H3>INVOCATION</H3> + +A <I>login shell</I> is one whose first character of argument zero is a +<B>-</B>, + +or one started with the +<B>--login</B> + +option. +<P> + +An <I>interactive</I> shell is one started without non-option arguments +(unless <B>-s</B> is specified) +and without the +<B>-c</B> + +option +whose standard input and error are +both connected to terminals (as determined by +<I>isatty</I>(3)), + +or one started with the +<B>-i</B> + +option. +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PS1</B> + +</FONT> +is set and +<B>$-</B> + +includes +<B>i</B> + +if +<B>bash</B> + +is interactive, +allowing a shell script or a startup file to test this state. +<P> + +The following paragraphs describe how +<B>bash</B> + +executes its startup files. +If any of the files exist but cannot be read, +<B>bash</B> + +reports an error. +Tildes are expanded in filenames as described below under +<B>Tilde Expansion</B> + +in the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>EXPANSION</B> + +</FONT> +section. +<P> + +When +<B>bash</B> + +is invoked as an interactive login shell, or as a non-interactive shell +with the <B>--login</B> option, it first reads and +executes commands from the file <A HREF="file:/etc/profile"><I>/etc/profile</I></A>, if that +file exists. +After reading that file, it looks for <A HREF="file:~/.bash_profile"><I>~/.bash_profile</I></A>, +<A HREF="file:~/.bash_login"><I>~/.bash_login</I></A>, and <A HREF="file:~/.profile"><I>~/.profile</I></A>, in that order, and reads +and executes commands from the first one that exists and is readable. +The +<B>--noprofile</B> + +option may be used when the shell is started to inhibit this behavior. +<P> + +When an interactive login shell exits, +or a non-interactive login shell executes the <B>exit</B> builtin command, +<B>bash</B> + +reads and executes commands from the file <A HREF="file:~/.bash_logout"><I>~/.bash_logout</I></A>, if it +exists. +<P> + +When an interactive shell that is not a login shell is started, +<B>bash</B> + +reads and executes commands from <A HREF="file:~/.bashrc"><I>~/.bashrc</I></A>, if that file exists. +This may be inhibited by using the +<B>--norc</B> + +option. +The <B>--rcfile</B> <I>file</I> option will force +<B>bash</B> + +to read and execute commands from <I>file</I> instead of <A HREF="file:~/.bashrc"><I>~/.bashrc</I></A>. +<P> + +When +<B>bash</B> + +is started non-interactively, to run a shell script, for example, it +looks for the variable +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASH_ENV</B> + +</FONT> +in the environment, expands its value if it appears there, and uses the +expanded value as the name of a file to read and execute. +<B>Bash</B> + +behaves as if the following command were executed: +<P> +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<TT>if [ -n "$BASH_ENV" ]; then . "$BASH_ENV"; fi</TT> + +</DL> + +<P> +but the value of the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PATH</B> + +</FONT> +variable is not used to search for the filename. +<P> + +If +<B>bash</B> + +is invoked with the name +<B>sh</B>, + +it tries to mimic the startup behavior of historical versions of +<B>sh</B> + +as closely as possible, +while conforming to the POSIX standard as well. +When invoked as an interactive login shell, or a non-interactive +shell with the <B>--login</B> option, it first attempts to +read and execute commands from +<A HREF="file:/etc/profile"><I>/etc/profile</I></A> + +and +<A HREF="file:~/.profile"><I>~/.profile</I></A>, + +in that order. +The +<B>--noprofile</B> + +option may be used to inhibit this behavior. +When invoked as an interactive shell with the name +<B>sh</B>, + +<B>bash</B> + +looks for the variable +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>ENV</B>, + +</FONT> +expands its value if it is defined, and uses the +expanded value as the name of a file to read and execute. +Since a shell invoked as +<B>sh</B> + +does not attempt to read and execute commands from any other startup +files, the +<B>--rcfile</B> + +option has no effect. +A non-interactive shell invoked with the name +<B>sh</B> + +does not attempt to read any other startup files. +When invoked as +<B>sh</B>, + +<B>bash</B> + +enters +<I>posix</I> + +mode after the startup files are read. +<P> + +When +<B>bash</B> + +is started in +<I>posix</I> + +mode, as with the +<B>--posix</B> + +command line option, it follows the POSIX standard for startup files. +In this mode, interactive shells expand the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>ENV</B> + +</FONT> +variable and commands are read and executed from the file +whose name is the expanded value. +No other startup files are read. +<P> + +<B>Bash</B> + +attempts to determine when it is being run with its standard input +connected to a network connection, as when executed by the remote shell +daemon, usually <I>rshd</I>, or the secure shell daemon <I>sshd</I>. +If +<B>bash</B> + +determines it is being run in this fashion, it reads and executes +commands from <A HREF="file:~/.bashrc"><I>~/.bashrc</I></A>, if that file exists and is readable. +It will not do this if invoked as <B>sh</B>. +The +<B>--norc</B> + +option may be used to inhibit this behavior, and the +<B>--rcfile</B> + +option may be used to force another file to be read, but neither +<I>rshd</I> nor <I>sshd</I> generally invoke the shell with those options +or allow them to be specified. +<P> + +If the shell is started with the effective user (group) id not equal to the +real user (group) id, and the <B>-p</B> option is not supplied, no startup +files are read, shell functions are not inherited from the environment, the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELLOPTS</B>, + +</FONT> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASHOPTS</B>, + +</FONT> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>CDPATH</B>, + +</FONT> +and +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>GLOBIGNORE</B> + +</FONT> +variables, if they appear in the environment, are ignored, +and the effective user id is set to the real user id. +If the <B>-p</B> option is supplied at invocation, the startup behavior is +the same, but the effective user id is not reset. +<A NAME="lbAI"> </A> +<H3>DEFINITIONS</H3> + +The following definitions are used throughout the rest of this +document. + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>blank</B> + +<DD> +A space or tab. +<DT><B>word</B> + +<DD> +A sequence of characters considered as a single unit by the shell. +Also known as a +<B>token</B>. + +<DT><B>name</B> + +<DD> +A +<I>word</I> + +consisting only of alphanumeric characters and underscores, and +beginning with an alphabetic character or an underscore. Also +referred to as an +<B>identifier</B>. + +<DT><B>metacharacter</B> + +<DD> +A character that, when unquoted, separates words. One of the following: +<BR> + +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<P> + +<B>| & ; ( ) < > space tab newline</B> + +</DL> + +<DT><B>control operator</B> + +<DD> +A <I>token</I> that performs a control function. It is one of the following +symbols: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<P> + +<B>|| & && ; ;; ;& ;;& ( ) | |& <newline></B> + +</DL> + + +</DL> +<A NAME="lbAJ"> </A> +<H3>RESERVED WORDS</H3> + +<I>Reserved words</I> are words that have a special meaning to the shell. +The following words are recognized as reserved when unquoted and either +the first word of a command (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL GRAMMAR</B> + +</FONT> +below), the third word of a +<B>case</B> + +or +<B>select</B> + +command +(only <B>in</B> is valid), or the third word of a +<B>for</B> + +command (only <B>in</B> and <B>do</B> are valid): +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> + +<P> + +<B> +</B> + +! case coproc do done elif else esac fi for function if in select then until while { } time [[ ]] +</DL> + + +<A NAME="lbAK"> </A> +<H3>SHELL GRAMMAR</H3> + +<A NAME="lbAL"> </A> +<H4>Simple Commands</H4> + +A <I>simple command</I> is a sequence of optional variable assignments +followed by <B>blank</B>-separated words and redirections, and +terminated by a <I>control operator</I>. The first word +specifies the command to be executed, and is passed as argument zero. +The remaining words are passed as arguments to the invoked command. +<P> + +The return value of a <I>simple command</I> is its exit status, or +128+<I>n</I> if the command is terminated by signal +<I>n</I>. + +<A NAME="lbAM"> </A> +<H4>Pipelines</H4> + +A <I>pipeline</I> is a sequence of one or more commands separated by +one of the control operators +<B>|</B> + +or <B>|&</B>. +The format for a pipeline is: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<P> + +[<B>time</B> [<B>-p</B>]] [ ! ] <I>command</I> [ [<B>|</B>|<B>|&</B>] <I>command2</I> ... ] +</DL> + +<P> + +The standard output of +<I>command</I> + +is connected via a pipe to the standard input of +<I>command2</I>. + +This connection is performed before any redirections specified by the +command (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>REDIRECTION</B> + +</FONT> +below). +If <B>|&</B> is used, <I>command</I>'s standard error, in addition to its +standard output, is connected to +<I>command2</I>'s standard input through the pipe; +it is shorthand for <B>2>&1 |</B>. +This implicit redirection of the standard error to the standard output is +performed after any redirections specified by the command. +<P> + +The return status of a pipeline is the exit status of the last +command, unless the <B>pipefail</B> option is enabled. +If <B>pipefail</B> is enabled, the pipeline's return status is the +value of the last (rightmost) command to exit with a non-zero status, +or zero if all commands exit successfully. +If the reserved word +<B>!</B> + +precedes a pipeline, the exit status of that pipeline is the logical +negation of the exit status as described above. +The shell waits for all commands in the pipeline to +terminate before returning a value. +<P> + +If the +<B>time</B> + +reserved word precedes a pipeline, the elapsed as well as user and +system time consumed by its execution are reported when the pipeline +terminates. +The <B>-p</B> option changes the output format to that specified by POSIX. +When the shell is in <I>posix mode</I>, it does not recognize +<B>time</B> as a reserved word if the next token begins with a `-'. +The +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>TIMEFORMAT</B> + +</FONT> +variable may be set to a format string that specifies how the timing +information should be displayed; see the description of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>TIMEFORMAT</B> + +</FONT> +under +<B>Shell Variables</B> + +below. +<P> + +When the shell is in <I>posix mode</I>, <B>time</B> +may be followed by a newline. In this case, the shell displays the +total user and system time consumed by the shell and its children. +The +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>TIMEFORMAT</B> + +</FONT> +variable may be used to specify the format of +the time information. +<P> + +Each command in a pipeline is executed as a separate process (i.e., in a +subshell). +See +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>COMMAND EXECUTION ENVIRONMENT</B></FONT> +for a description of a subshell environment. +If the <B>lastpipe</B> option is enabled using the <B>shopt</B> builtin +(see the description of <B>shopt</B> below), +the last element of a pipeline may be run by the shell process. +<A NAME="lbAN"> </A> +<H4>Lists</H4> + +A <I>list</I> is a sequence of one or more pipelines separated by one +of the operators +<B>;</B>, + +<B>&</B>, + +<B>&&</B>, + +or +<B>||</B>, + +and optionally terminated by one of +<B>;</B>, + +<B>&</B>, + +or +<B><newline></B>. + +<P> + +Of these list operators, +<B>&&</B> + +and +<B>||</B> + +have equal precedence, followed by +<B>;</B> + +and +<B>&</B>, + +which have equal precedence. +<P> + +A sequence of one or more newlines may appear in a <I>list</I> instead +of a semicolon to delimit commands. +<P> + +If a command is terminated by the control operator +<B>&</B>, + +the shell executes the command in the <I>background</I> +in a subshell. +The shell does not wait for the command to +finish, and the return status is 0. +These are referred to as <I>asynchronous</I> commands. +Commands separated by a +<B>;</B> + +are executed sequentially; the shell waits for each +command to terminate in turn. The return status is the +exit status of the last command executed. +<P> + +AND and OR lists are sequences of one or more pipelines separated by the +<B>&&</B> and <B>||</B> control operators, respectively. +AND and OR lists are executed with left associativity. +An AND list has the form +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<P> + +<I>command1</I> <B>&&</B> <I>command2</I> +</DL> + +<P> + +<I>command2</I> + +is executed if, and only if, +<I>command1</I> + +returns an exit status of zero (success). +<P> + +An OR list has the form +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<P> + +<I>command1</I> <B>||</B> <I>command2</I> +</DL> + +<P> + +<I>command2</I> + +is executed if, and only if, +<I>command1</I> + +returns a non-zero exit status. +The return status of +AND and OR lists is the exit status of the last command +executed in the list. +<A NAME="lbAO"> </A> +<H4>Compound Commands</H4> + +A <I>compound command</I> is one of the following. +In most cases a <I>list</I> in a command's description may be separated from +the rest of the command by one or more newlines, and may be followed by a +newline in place of a semicolon. +<DL COMPACT> +<DT>(<I>list</I>)<DD> +<I>list</I> is executed in a subshell environment (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>COMMAND EXECUTION ENVIRONMENT</B></FONT> +below). +Variable assignments and builtin +commands that affect the shell's environment do not remain in effect +after the command completes. The return status is the exit status of +<I>list</I>. +<DT>{ <I>list</I>; }<DD> +<I>list</I> is simply executed in the current shell environment. +<I>list</I> must be terminated with a newline or semicolon. +This is known as a <I>group command</I>. +The return status is the exit status of +<I>list</I>. +Note that unlike the metacharacters <B>(</B> and <B>)</B>, <B>{</B> and +<B>}</B> are <I>reserved words</I> and must occur where a reserved +word is permitted to be recognized. Since they do not cause a word +break, they must be separated from <I>list</I> by whitespace or another +shell metacharacter. +<DT>((<I>expression</I>))<DD> +The <I>expression</I> is evaluated according to the rules described +below under +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>ARITHMETIC EVALUATION</B>. + +</FONT> +If the value of the expression is non-zero, the return status is 0; +otherwise the return status is 1. This is exactly equivalent to +<B>let "</B><I>expression</I>". +<DT><B>[[</B> <I>expression</I> <B>]]</B><DD> +Return a status of 0 or 1 depending on the evaluation of +the conditional expression <I>expression</I>. +Expressions are composed of the primaries described below under +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS</B>. + +</FONT> +Word splitting and pathname expansion are not performed on the words +between the <B>[[</B> and <B>]]</B>; tilde expansion, +parameter and variable expansion, +arithmetic expansion, command substitution, process +substitution, and quote removal are performed. +Conditional operators such as <B>-f</B> must be unquoted to be recognized +as primaries. +<P> + + +When used with <B>[[</B>, the <B><</B> and <B>></B> operators sort +lexicographically using the current locale. +<P> + + +When the <B>==</B> and <B>!=</B> operators are used, the string to the +right of the operator is considered a pattern and matched according +to the rules described below under <B>Pattern Matching</B>, +as if the <B>extglob</B> shell option were enabled. +The <B>=</B> operator is equivalent to <B>==</B>. +If the +<B>nocasematch</B> + +shell option is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case +of alphabetic characters. +The return value is 0 if the string matches (<B>==</B>) or does not match +(<B>!=</B>) the pattern, and 1 otherwise. +Any part of the pattern may be quoted to force the quoted portion +to be matched as a string. +<P> + + +An additional binary operator, <B>=~</B>, is available, with the same +precedence as <B>==</B> and <B>!=</B>. +When it is used, the string to the right of the operator is considered +a POSIX extended regular expression and matched accordingly +(using the POSIX <I>regcomp</I> and <I>regexec</I> interfaces +usually described in <I>regex</I>(3)). +The return value is 0 if the string matches +the pattern, and 1 otherwise. +If the regular expression is syntactically incorrect, the conditional +expression's return value is 2. +If the +<B>nocasematch</B> + +shell option is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case +of alphabetic characters. +Any part of the pattern may be quoted to force the quoted portion +to be matched as a string. +Bracket expressions in regular expressions must be treated carefully, +since normal quoting characters lose their meanings between brackets. +If the pattern is stored in a shell variable, quoting the variable +expansion forces the entire pattern to be matched as a string. +<P> + + +The pattern will match if it matches any part of the string. +Anchor the pattern using the <B>^</B> and <B>$</B> regular expression +operators to force it to match the entire string. +The array variable +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASH_REMATCH</B> + +</FONT> +records which parts of the string matched the pattern. +The element of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASH_REMATCH</B> + +</FONT> +with index 0 contains the portion of +the string matching the entire regular expression. +Substrings matched by parenthesized subexpressions within the regular +expression are saved in the remaining +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASH_REMATCH</B> + +</FONT> +indices. The element of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASH_REMATCH</B> + +</FONT> +with index <I>n</I> is the portion of the +string matching the <I>n</I>th parenthesized subexpression. +<P> + + +Expressions may be combined using the following operators, listed +in decreasing order of precedence: +<P> + + +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>( </B><I>expression</I> ) + +<DD> +Returns the value of <I>expression</I>. +This may be used to override the normal precedence of operators. +<DT><B>! </B><I>expression</I> + +<DD> +True if +<I>expression</I> + +is false. +<DT><I>expression1</I> <B>&&</B> <I>expression2</I><DD> +True if both +<I>expression1</I> + +and +<I>expression2</I> + +are true. +<DT><I>expression1</I> <B>||</B> <I>expression2</I><DD> +True if either +<I>expression1</I> + +or +<I>expression2</I> + +is true. + +</DL> +<P> + +The <B>&&</B> and <B>||</B> +operators do not evaluate <I>expression2</I> if the value of +<I>expression1</I> is sufficient to determine the return value of +the entire conditional expression. +</DL> + +<DT><B>for</B> <I>name</I> [ [ <B>in</B> [ <I>word ...</I> ] ] ; ] <B>do</B> <I>list</I> ; <B>done</B><DD> +The list of words following <B>in</B> is expanded, generating a list +of items. +The variable <I>name</I> is set to each element of this list +in turn, and <I>list</I> is executed each time. +If the <B>in</B> <I>word</I> is omitted, the <B>for</B> command executes +<I>list</I> once for each positional parameter that is set (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PARAMETERS</B> + +</FONT> +below). +The return status is the exit status of the last command that executes. +If the expansion of the items following <B>in</B> results in an empty +list, no commands are executed, and the return status is 0. +<DT><B>for</B> (( <I>expr1</I> ; <I>expr2</I> ; <I>expr3</I> )) ; <B>do</B> <I>list</I> ; <B>done</B><DD> +First, the arithmetic expression <I>expr1</I> is evaluated according +to the rules described below under +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>ARITHMETIC EVALUATION</B>. + +</FONT> +The arithmetic expression <I>expr2</I> is then evaluated repeatedly +until it evaluates to zero. +Each time <I>expr2</I> evaluates to a non-zero value, <I>list</I> is +executed and the arithmetic expression <I>expr3</I> is evaluated. +If any expression is omitted, it behaves as if it evaluates to 1. +The return value is the exit status of the last command in <I>list</I> +that is executed, or false if any of the expressions is invalid. +<DT><B>select</B> <I>name</I> [ <B>in</B> <I>word</I> ] ; <B>do</B> <I>list</I> ; <B>done</B><DD> +The list of words following <B>in</B> is expanded, generating a list +of items. The set of expanded words is printed on the standard +error, each preceded by a number. If the <B>in</B> +<I>word</I> is omitted, the positional parameters are printed (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PARAMETERS</B> + +</FONT> +below). The +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PS3</B> + +</FONT> +prompt is then displayed and a line read from the standard input. +If the line consists of a number corresponding to one of +the displayed words, then the value of +<I>name</I> + +is set to that word. If the line is empty, the words and prompt +are displayed again. If EOF is read, the command completes. Any +other value read causes +<I>name</I> + +to be set to null. The line read is saved in the variable +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>REPLY</B>. + +</FONT> +The +<I>list</I> + +is executed after each selection until a +<B>break</B> + +command is executed. +The exit status of +<B>select</B> + +is the exit status of the last command executed in +<I>list</I>, + +or zero if no commands were executed. +<DT><B>case</B> <I>word</I> <B>in</B> [ [(] <I>pattern</I> [ <B>|</B> <I>pattern</I> ] +<DD> +A <B>case</B> command first expands <I>word</I>, and tries to match +it against each <I>pattern</I> in turn, using the matching rules +described under +<B>Pattern Matching</B> + +below. +The <I>word</I> is expanded using tilde +expansion, parameter and variable expansion, arithmetic expansion, +command substitution, process substitution and quote removal. +Each <I>pattern</I> examined is expanded using tilde +expansion, parameter and variable expansion, arithmetic expansion, +command substitution, and process substitution. +If the +<B>nocasematch</B> + +shell option is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case +of alphabetic characters. +When a match is found, the corresponding <I>list</I> is executed. +If the <B>;;</B> operator is used, no subsequent matches are attempted after +the first pattern match. +Using <B>;&</B> in place of <B>;;</B> causes execution to continue with +the <I>list</I> associated with the next set of patterns. +Using <B>;;&</B> in place of <B>;;</B> causes the shell to test the next +pattern list in the statement, if any, and execute any associated <I>list</I> +on a successful match, +continuing the case statement execution as if the pattern list had not matched. +The exit status is zero if no +pattern matches. Otherwise, it is the exit status of the +last command executed in <I>list</I>. +<DT><B>if</B> <I>list</I>; <B>then</B> <I>list</I>; [ <B>elif</B> <I>list</I>; <B>then</B> <I>list</I>; ] ... [ <B>else</B> <I>list</I>; ] <B>fi</B><DD> +The +<B>if</B> + +<I>list</I> + +is executed. If its exit status is zero, the +<B>then</B> <I>list</I> is executed. Otherwise, each <B>elif</B> +<I>list</I> is executed in turn, and if its exit status is zero, +the corresponding <B>then</B> <I>list</I> is executed and the +command completes. Otherwise, the <B>else</B> <I>list</I> is +executed, if present. The exit status is the exit status of the +last command executed, or zero if no condition tested true. +<DT><B>while</B> <I>list-1</I>; <B>do</B> <I>list-2</I>; <B>done</B><DD> + +<DT><B>until</B> <I>list-1</I>; <B>do</B> <I>list-2</I>; <B>done</B><DD> + +The <B>while</B> command continuously executes the list +<I>list-2</I> as long as the last command in the list <I>list-1</I> returns +an exit status of zero. The <B>until</B> command is identical +to the <B>while</B> command, except that the test is negated: +<I>list-2</I> + +is executed as long as the last command in +<I>list-1</I> + +returns a non-zero exit status. +The exit status of the <B>while</B> and <B>until</B> commands +is the exit status +of the last command executed in <I>list-2</I>, or zero if +none was executed. +</DL> +<A NAME="lbAP"> </A> +<H4>Coprocesses</H4> + +A <I>coprocess</I> is a shell command preceded by the <B>coproc</B> reserved +word. +A coprocess is executed asynchronously in a subshell, as if the command +had been terminated with the <B>&</B> control operator, with a two-way pipe +established between the executing shell and the coprocess. +<P> + +The format for a coprocess is: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<P> + +<B>coproc</B> [<I>NAME</I>] <I>command</I> [<I>redirections</I>] +</DL> + +<P> + +This creates a coprocess named <I>NAME</I>. +If <I>NAME</I> is not supplied, the default name is <B>COPROC</B>. +<I>NAME</I> must not be supplied if <I>command</I> is a <I>simple +command</I> (see above); otherwise, it is interpreted as the first word +of the simple command. +When the coprocess is executed, the shell creates an array variable (see +<B>Arrays</B> + +below) named <I>NAME</I> in the context of the executing shell. +The standard output of +<I>command</I> + +is connected via a pipe to a file descriptor in the executing shell, +and that file descriptor is assigned to <I>NAME</I>[0]. +The standard input of +<I>command</I> + +is connected via a pipe to a file descriptor in the executing shell, +and that file descriptor is assigned to <I>NAME</I>[1]. +This pipe is established before any redirections specified by the +command (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>REDIRECTION</B> + +</FONT> +below). +The file descriptors can be utilized as arguments to shell commands +and redirections using standard word expansions. +Other than those created to execute command and process substitutions, +the file descriptors are not available in subshells. +The process ID of the shell spawned to execute the coprocess is +available as the value of the variable <I>NAME</I>_PID. +The <B>wait</B> +builtin command may be used to wait for the coprocess to terminate. +<P> + +Since the coprocess is created as an asynchronous command, +the <B>coproc</B> command always returns success. +The return status of a coprocess is the exit status of <I>command</I>. +<A NAME="lbAQ"> </A> +<H4>Shell Function Definitions</H4> + +A shell function is an object that is called like a simple command and +executes a compound command with a new set of positional parameters. +Shell functions are declared as follows: +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><I>fname</I> () <I>compound-command</I> [<I>redirection</I>]<DD> + +<DT><B>function</B> <I>fname</I> [()] <I>compound-command</I> [<I>redirection</I>]<DD> + +This defines a function named <I>fname</I>. +The reserved word <B>function</B> is optional. +If the <B>function</B> reserved word is supplied, the parentheses are optional. +The <I>body</I> of the function is the compound command +<I>compound-command</I> + +(see <B>Compound Commands</B> above). +That command is usually a <I>list</I> of commands between { and }, but +may be any command listed under <B>Compound Commands</B> above, +with one exception: If the <B>function</B> reserved word is used, but the +parentheses are not supplied, the braces are required. +<I>compound-command</I> is executed whenever <I>fname</I> is specified as the +name of a simple command. +When in <I>posix mode</I>, <I>fname</I> must be a valid shell <I>name</I> +and may not be the name of one of the +POSIX <I>special builtins</I>. +In default mode, a function name can be any unquoted shell word that does +not contain <B>$</B>. +Any redirections (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>REDIRECTION</B> + +</FONT> +below) specified when a function is defined are performed +when the function is executed. +The exit status of a function definition is zero unless a syntax error +occurs or a readonly function with the same name already exists. +When executed, the exit status of a function is the exit status of the +last command executed in the body. (See +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>FUNCTIONS</B> + +</FONT> +below.) +</DL> +<A NAME="lbAR"> </A> +<H3>COMMENTS</H3> + +In a non-interactive shell, or an interactive shell in which the +<B>interactive_comments</B> + +option to the +<B>shopt</B> + +builtin is enabled (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</B> + +</FONT> +below), a word beginning with +<B>#</B> + +causes that word and all remaining characters on that line to +be ignored. An interactive shell without the +<B>interactive_comments</B> + +option enabled does not allow comments. The +<B>interactive_comments</B> + +option is on by default in interactive shells. +<A NAME="lbAS"> </A> +<H3>QUOTING</H3> + +<I>Quoting</I> is used to remove the special meaning of certain +characters or words to the shell. Quoting can be used to +disable special treatment for special characters, to prevent +reserved words from being recognized as such, and to prevent +parameter expansion. +<P> + +Each of the <I>metacharacters</I> listed above under +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>DEFINITIONS</B> + +</FONT> +has special meaning to the shell and must be quoted if it is to +represent itself. +<P> + +When the command history expansion facilities are being used +(see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTORY EXPANSION</B> + +</FONT> +below), the +<I>history expansion</I> character, usually <B>!</B>, must be quoted +to prevent history expansion. +<P> + +There are three quoting mechanisms: the +<I>escape character</I>, + +single quotes, and double quotes. +<P> + +A non-quoted backslash (<B>\</B>) is the +<I>escape character</I>. + +It preserves the literal value of the next character that follows, +with the exception of <newline>. If a <B>\</B><newline> pair +appears, and the backslash is not itself quoted, the <B>\</B><newline> +is treated as a line continuation (that is, it is removed from the +input stream and effectively ignored). +<P> + +Enclosing characters in single quotes preserves the literal value +of each character within the quotes. A single quote may not occur +between single quotes, even when preceded by a backslash. +<P> + +Enclosing characters in double quotes preserves the literal value +of all characters within the quotes, with the exception of +<B>$</B>, + +<B>`</B>, + +<B>\</B>, + +and, when history expansion is enabled, +<B>!</B>. + +When the shell is in <I>posix mode</I>, the <B>!</B> has no special meaning +within double quotes, even when history expansion is enabled. +The characters +<B>$</B> + +and +<B>`</B> + +retain their special meaning within double quotes. The backslash +retains its special meaning only when followed by one of the following +characters: +<B>$</B>, + +<B>`</B>, + +<B>"</B>, +<B>\</B>, + +or +<B><newline></B>. + +A double quote may be quoted within double quotes by preceding it with +a backslash. +If enabled, history expansion will be performed unless an +<B>!</B> + +appearing in double quotes is escaped using a backslash. +The backslash preceding the +<B>!</B> + +is not removed. +<P> + +The special parameters +<B>*</B> + +and +<B>@</B> + +have special meaning when in double +quotes (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PARAMETERS</B> + +</FONT> +below). +<P> + +Words of the form <B>$</B>aq<I>string</I>aq are treated specially. The +word expands to <I>string</I>, with backslash-escaped characters replaced +as specified by the ANSI C standard. Backslash escape sequences, if +present, are decoded as follows: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>\a</B> + +<DD> +alert (bell) +<DT><B>\b</B> + +<DD> +backspace +<DT><B>\e</B> + +<DD> +<DT><B>\E</B> + +<DD> +an escape character +<DT><B>\f</B> + +<DD> +form feed +<DT><B>\n</B> + +<DD> +new line +<DT><B>\r</B> + +<DD> +carriage return +<DT><B>\t</B> + +<DD> +horizontal tab +<DT><B>\v</B> + +<DD> +vertical tab +<DT><B>\\</B> + +<DD> +backslash +<DT><B>\aq</B> + +<DD> +single quote +<DT><B>\dq</B> + +<DD> +double quote +<DT><B>\?</B> + +<DD> +question mark +<DT><B>\</B><I>nnn</I> + +<DD> +the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value <I>nnn</I> +(one to three octal digits) +<DT><B>\x</B><I>HH</I> + +<DD> +the eight-bit character whose value is the hexadecimal value <I>HH</I> +(one or two hex digits) +<DT><B>\u</B><I>HHHH</I> + +<DD> +the Unicode (ISO/IEC 10646) character whose value is the hexadecimal value +<I>HHHH</I> (one to four hex digits) +<DT><B>\U</B><I>HHHHHHHH</I> + +<DD> +the Unicode (ISO/IEC 10646) character whose value is the hexadecimal value +<I>HHHHHHHH</I> (one to eight hex digits) +<DT><B>\c</B><I>x</I> + +<DD> +a control-<I>x</I> character + +</DL></DL> + +<P> + +The expanded result is single-quoted, as if the dollar sign had +not been present. +<P> + +A double-quoted string preceded by a dollar sign (<B>$</B>dq<I>string</I>dq) +will cause the string to be translated according to the current locale. +The <I>gettext</I> infrastructure performs the message catalog lookup and +translation, using the <B>LC_MESSAGES</B> and <B>TEXTDOMAIN</B> shell +variables. +If the current locale is <B>C</B> or <B>POSIX</B>, +or if there are no translations available, +the dollar sign is ignored. +If the string is translated and replaced, the replacement is +double-quoted. +<A NAME="lbAT"> </A> +<H3>PARAMETERS</H3> + +A +<I>parameter</I> + +is an entity that stores values. +It can be a +<I>name</I>, + +a number, or one of the special characters listed below under +<B>Special Parameters</B>. + +A +<I>variable</I> + +is a parameter denoted by a +<I>name</I>. + +A variable has a <I>value</I> and zero or more <I>attributes</I>. +Attributes are assigned using the +<B>declare</B> + +builtin command (see +<B>declare</B> + +below in +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</B>). + +</FONT> +<P> + +A parameter is set if it has been assigned a value. The null string is +a valid value. Once a variable is set, it may be unset only by using +the +<B>unset</B> + +builtin command (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</B> + +</FONT> +below). +<P> + +A +<I>variable</I> + +may be assigned to by a statement of the form +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<P> + +<I>name</I>=[<I>value</I>] +</DL> + +<P> + +If +<I>value</I> + +is not given, the variable is assigned the null string. All +<I>values</I> + +undergo tilde expansion, parameter and variable expansion, +command substitution, arithmetic expansion, and quote +removal (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>EXPANSION</B> + +</FONT> +below). If the variable has its +<B>integer</B> + +attribute set, then +<I>value</I> + +is evaluated as an arithmetic expression even if the $((...)) expansion is +not used (see +<B>Arithmetic Expansion</B> + +below). +Word splitting is not performed, with the exception +of <B>"$@"</B> as explained below under +<B>Special Parameters</B>. + +Pathname expansion is not performed. +Assignment statements may also appear as arguments to the +<B>alias</B>, + +<B>declare</B>, + +<B>typeset</B>, + +<B>export</B>, + +<B>readonly</B>, + +and +<B>local</B> + +builtin commands (<I>declaration</I> commands). +When in <I>posix mode</I>, these builtins may appear in a command after +one or more instances of the <B>command</B> builtin and retain these +assignment statement properties. +<P> + +In the context where an assignment statement is assigning a value +to a shell variable or array index, the += operator can be used to +append to or add to the variable's previous value. +This includes arguments to builtin commands such as <B>declare</B> that +accept assignment statements (<I>declaration</I> commands). +When += is applied to a variable for which the <I>integer</I> attribute has been +set, <I>value</I> is evaluated as an arithmetic expression and added to the +variable's current value, which is also evaluated. +When += is applied to an array variable using compound assignment (see +<B>Arrays</B> + +below), the +variable's value is not unset (as it is when using =), and new values are +appended to the array beginning at one greater than the array's maximum index +(for indexed arrays) or added as additional key-value pairs in an +associative array. +When applied to a string-valued variable, <I>value</I> is expanded and +appended to the variable's value. +<P> + +A variable can be assigned the <I>nameref</I> attribute using the +<B>-n</B> option to the <B>declare</B> or <B>local</B> builtin commands +(see the descriptions of <B>declare</B> and <B>local</B> below) +to create a <I>nameref</I>, or a reference to another variable. +This allows variables to be manipulated indirectly. +Whenever the nameref variable is referenced, assigned to, unset, or has +its attributes modified (other than using or changing the <I>nameref</I> +attribute itself), the +operation is actually performed on the variable specified by the nameref +variable's value. +A nameref is commonly used within shell functions to refer to a variable +whose name is passed as an argument to the function. +For instance, if a variable name is passed to a shell function as its first +argument, running +<P> +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<TT>declare -n ref=$1</TT> + +</DL> + +<P> +inside the function creates a nameref variable <B>ref</B> whose value is +the variable name passed as the first argument. +References and assignments to <B>ref</B>, and changes to its attributes, +are treated as references, assignments, and attribute modifications +to the variable whose name was passed as <B>$1</B>. +If the control variable in a <B>for</B> loop has the nameref attribute, +the list of words can be a list of shell variables, and a name reference +will be established for each word in the list, in turn, when the loop is +executed. +Array variables cannot be given the <B>nameref</B> attribute. +However, nameref variables can reference array variables and subscripted +array variables. +Namerefs can be unset using the <B>-n</B> option to the <B>unset</B> builtin. +Otherwise, if <B>unset</B> is executed with the name of a nameref variable +as an argument, the variable referenced by the nameref variable will be unset. +<A NAME="lbAU"> </A> +<H4>Positional Parameters</H4> + +A +<I>positional parameter</I> + +is a parameter denoted by one or more +digits, other than the single digit 0. Positional parameters are +assigned from the shell's arguments when it is invoked, +and may be reassigned using the +<B>set</B> + +builtin command. Positional parameters may not be assigned to +with assignment statements. The positional parameters are +temporarily replaced when a shell function is executed (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>FUNCTIONS</B> + +</FONT> +below). +<P> + +When a positional parameter consisting of more than a single +digit is expanded, it must be enclosed in braces (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>EXPANSION</B> + +</FONT> +below). +<A NAME="lbAV"> </A> +<H4>Special Parameters</H4> + +The shell treats several parameters specially. These parameters may +only be referenced; assignment to them is not allowed. + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>*</B> + +<DD> +Expands to the positional parameters, starting from one. +When the expansion is not within double quotes, each positional parameter +expands to a separate word. +In contexts where it is performed, those words +are subject to further word splitting and pathname expansion. +When the expansion occurs within double quotes, it expands to a single word +with the value of each parameter separated by the first character of the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>IFS</B> + +</FONT> +special variable. That is, "<B>$*</B>" is equivalent +to "<B>$1</B><I>c</I><B>$2</B><I>c</I><B>...</B>", where +<I>c</I> + +is the first character of the value of the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>IFS</B> + +</FONT> +variable. If +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>IFS</B> + +</FONT> +is unset, the parameters are separated by spaces. +If +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>IFS</B> + +</FONT> +is null, the parameters are joined without intervening separators. +<DT><B>@</B> + +<DD> +Expands to the positional parameters, starting from one. +In contexts where word splitting is performed, this expands each +positional parameter to a separate word; if not within double +quotes, these words are subject to word splitting. +In contexts where word splitting is not performed, +this expands to a single word +with each positional parameter separated by a space. +When the +expansion occurs within double quotes, each parameter expands to a +separate word. That is, "<B>$@</B>" is equivalent to +"<B>$1</B>" "<B>$2</B>" ... +If the double-quoted expansion occurs within a word, the expansion of +the first parameter is joined with the beginning part of the original +word, and the expansion of the last parameter is joined with the last +part of the original word. +When there are no positional parameters, "<B>$@</B>" and +<B>$@</B> + +expand to nothing (i.e., they are removed). +<DT><B>#</B> + +<DD> +Expands to the number of positional parameters in decimal. +<DT><B>?</B> + +<DD> +Expands to the exit status of the most recently executed foreground +pipeline. +<DT><B>-</B> + +<DD> +Expands to the current option flags as specified upon invocation, +by the +<B>set</B> + +builtin command, or those set by the shell itself +(such as the +<B>-i</B> + +option). +<DT><B>$</B> + +<DD> +Expands to the process ID of the shell. In a () subshell, it +expands to the process ID of the current shell, not the +subshell. +<DT><B>!</B> + +<DD> +Expands to the process ID of the job most recently placed into the +background, whether executed as an asynchronous command or using +the <B>bg</B> builtin (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>JOB CONTROL</B> + +</FONT> +below). +<DT><B>0</B> + +<DD> +Expands to the name of the shell or shell script. This is set at +shell initialization. If +<B>bash</B> + +is invoked with a file of commands, +<B>$0</B> + +is set to the name of that file. If +<B>bash</B> + +is started with the +<B>-c</B> + +option, then +<B>$0</B> + +is set to the first argument after the string to be +executed, if one is present. Otherwise, it is set +to the filename used to invoke +<B>bash</B>, + +as given by argument zero. + +</DL> +<A NAME="lbAW"> </A> +<H4>Shell Variables</H4> + +The following variables are set by the shell: +<P> + + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>_</B> + +<DD> +At shell startup, set to the pathname used to invoke the +shell or shell script being executed as passed in the environment +or argument list. +Subsequently, expands to the last argument to the previous simple +command executed in the foreground, after expansion. +Also set to the full pathname used to invoke each command executed +and placed in the environment exported to that command. +When checking mail, this parameter holds the name of the mail file +currently being checked. +<DT><B>BASH</B> + +<DD> +Expands to the full filename used to invoke this instance of +<B>bash</B>. + +<DT><B>BASHOPTS</B> + +<DD> +A colon-separated list of enabled shell options. Each word in +the list is a valid argument for the +<B>-s</B> + +option to the +<B>shopt</B> + +builtin command (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</B> + +</FONT> +below). The options appearing in +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASHOPTS</B> + +</FONT> +are those reported as +<I>on</I> + +by <B>shopt</B>. +If this variable is in the environment when +<B>bash</B> + +starts up, each shell option in the list will be enabled before +reading any startup files. +This variable is read-only. +<DT><B>BASHPID</B> + +<DD> +Expands to the process ID of the current <B>bash</B> process. +This differs from <B>$$</B> under certain circumstances, such as subshells +that do not require <B>bash</B> to be re-initialized. +Assignments to +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASHPID</B> + +</FONT> +have no effect. +If +<B>BASHPID</B> + +is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is +subsequently reset. +<DT><B>BASH_ALIASES</B> + +<DD> +An associative array variable whose members correspond to the internal +list of aliases as maintained by the <B>alias</B> builtin. +Elements added to this array appear in the alias list; however, +unsetting array elements currently does not cause aliases to be removed +from the alias list. +If +<B>BASH_ALIASES</B> + +is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is +subsequently reset. +<DT><B>BASH_ARGC</B> + +<DD> +An array variable whose values are the number of parameters in each +frame of the current <B>bash</B> execution call stack. +The number of +parameters to the current subroutine (shell function or script executed +with <B>.</B> or <B>source</B>) is at the top of the stack. +When a subroutine is executed, the number of parameters passed is pushed onto +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASH_ARGC</B>. + +</FONT> +The shell sets +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASH_ARGC</B> + +</FONT> +only when in extended debugging mode (see the description of the +<B>extdebug</B> + +option to the +<B>shopt</B> + +builtin below). +Setting <B>extdebug</B> after the shell has started to execute a script, +or referencing this variable when <B>extdebug</B> is not set, +may result in inconsistent values. +<DT><B>BASH_ARGV</B> + +<DD> +An array variable containing all of the parameters in the current <B>bash</B> +execution call stack. The final parameter of the last subroutine call +is at the top of the stack; the first parameter of the initial call is +at the bottom. When a subroutine is executed, the parameters supplied +are pushed onto +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASH_ARGV</B>. + +</FONT> +The shell sets +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASH_ARGV</B> + +</FONT> +only when in extended debugging mode +(see the description of the +<B>extdebug</B> + +option to the +<B>shopt</B> + +builtin below). +Setting <B>extdebug</B> after the shell has started to execute a script, +or referencing this variable when <B>extdebug</B> is not set, +may result in inconsistent values. +<DT><B>BASH_ARGV0</B> + +<DD> +When referenced, this variable expands to the name of the shell or shell +script (identical to +<B>$0</B>; + +see the description of special parameter 0 above). +Assignment to +<B>BASH_ARGV0</B> + +causes the value assigned to also be assigned to <B>$0</B>. +If +<B>BASH_ARGV0</B> + +is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is +subsequently reset. +<DT><B>BASH_CMDS</B> + +<DD> +An associative array variable whose members correspond to the internal +hash table of commands as maintained by the <B>hash</B> builtin. +Elements added to this array appear in the hash table; however, +unsetting array elements currently does not cause command names to be removed +from the hash table. +If +<B>BASH_CMDS</B> + +is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is +subsequently reset. +<DT><B>BASH_COMMAND</B> + +<DD> +The command currently being executed or about to be executed, unless the +shell is executing a command as the result of a trap, +in which case it is the command executing at the time of the trap. +If +<B>BASH_COMMAND</B> + +is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is +subsequently reset. +<DT><B>BASH_EXECUTION_STRING</B> + +<DD> +The command argument to the <B>-c</B> invocation option. +<DT><B>BASH_LINENO</B> + +<DD> +An array variable whose members are the line numbers in source files +where each corresponding member of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>FUNCNAME</B> + +</FONT> +was invoked. +<B>${BASH_LINENO[</B><I>$i</I><B>]}</B> is the line number in the source +file (<B>${BASH_SOURCE[</B><I>$i+1</I><B>]}</B>) where +<B>${FUNCNAME[</B><I>$i</I><B>]}</B> was called +(or <B>${BASH_LINENO[</B><I>$i-1</I><B>]}</B> if referenced within another +shell function). +Use +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>LINENO</B> + +</FONT> +to obtain the current line number. +<DT><B>BASH_LOADABLES_PATH</B> + +<DD> +A colon-separated list of directories in which the shell looks for +dynamically loadable builtins specified by the +<B>enable</B> + +command. +<DT><B>BASH_REMATCH</B> + +<DD> +An array variable whose members are assigned by the <B>=~</B> binary +operator to the <B>[[</B> conditional command. +The element with index 0 is the portion of the string +matching the entire regular expression. +The element with index <I>n</I> is the portion of the +string matching the <I>n</I>th parenthesized subexpression. +<DT><B>BASH_SOURCE</B> + +<DD> +An array variable whose members are the source filenames +where the corresponding shell function names in the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>FUNCNAME</B> + +</FONT> +array variable are defined. +The shell function +<B>${FUNCNAME[</B><I>$i</I><B>]}</B> is defined in the file +<B>${BASH_SOURCE[</B><I>$i</I><B>]}</B> and called from +<B>${BASH_SOURCE[</B><I>$i+1</I><B>]}</B>. +<DT><B>BASH_SUBSHELL</B> + +<DD> +Incremented by one within each subshell or subshell environment when +the shell begins executing in that environment. +The initial value is 0. +If +<B>BASH_SUBSHELL</B> + +is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is +subsequently reset. +<DT><B>BASH_VERSINFO</B> + +<DD> +A readonly array variable whose members hold version information for +this instance of +<B>bash</B>. + +The values assigned to the array members are as follows: +<P> +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>BASH_VERSINFO[</B>0] + +<DD> +The major version number (the <I>release</I>). +<DT><B>BASH_VERSINFO[</B>1] + +<DD> +The minor version number (the <I>version</I>). +<DT><B>BASH_VERSINFO[</B>2] + +<DD> +The patch level. +<DT><B>BASH_VERSINFO[</B>3] + +<DD> +The build version. +<DT><B>BASH_VERSINFO[</B>4] + +<DD> +The release status (e.g., <I>beta1</I>). +<DT><B>BASH_VERSINFO[</B>5] + +<DD> +The value of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>MACHTYPE</B>. + +</FONT> +</DL></DL> + +<DT><B>BASH_VERSION</B> + +<DD> +Expands to a string describing the version of this instance of +<B>bash</B>. + +<DT><B>COMP_CWORD</B> + +<DD> +An index into <B>${COMP_WORDS}</B> of the word containing the current +cursor position. +This variable is available only in shell functions invoked by the +programmable completion facilities (see <B>Programmable Completion</B> +below). +<DT><B>COMP_KEY</B> + +<DD> +The key (or final key of a key sequence) used to invoke the current +completion function. +<DT><B>COMP_LINE</B> + +<DD> +The current command line. +This variable is available only in shell functions and external +commands invoked by the +programmable completion facilities (see <B>Programmable Completion</B> +below). +<DT><B>COMP_POINT</B> + +<DD> +The index of the current cursor position relative to the beginning of +the current command. +If the current cursor position is at the end of the current command, +the value of this variable is equal to <B>${#COMP_LINE}</B>. +This variable is available only in shell functions and external +commands invoked by the +programmable completion facilities (see <B>Programmable Completion</B> +below). +<DT><B>COMP_TYPE</B> + +<DD> +Set to an integer value corresponding to the type of completion attempted +that caused a completion function to be called: +<I>TAB</I>, for normal completion, +<I>?</I>, for listing completions after successive tabs, +<I>!</I>, for listing alternatives on partial word completion, +<I>@</I>, to list completions if the word is not unmodified, +or +<I>%</I>, for menu completion. +This variable is available only in shell functions and external +commands invoked by the +programmable completion facilities (see <B>Programmable Completion</B> +below). +<DT><B>COMP_WORDBREAKS</B> + +<DD> +The set of characters that the <B>readline</B> library treats as word +separators when performing word completion. +If +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>COMP_WORDBREAKS</B> + +</FONT> +is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is +subsequently reset. +<DT><B>COMP_WORDS</B> + +<DD> +An array variable (see <B>Arrays</B> below) consisting of the individual +words in the current command line. +The line is split into words as <B>readline</B> would split it, using +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>COMP_WORDBREAKS</B> + +</FONT> +as described above. +This variable is available only in shell functions invoked by the +programmable completion facilities (see <B>Programmable Completion</B> +below). +<DT><B>COPROC</B> + +<DD> +An array variable (see <B>Arrays</B> below) created to hold the file descriptors +for output from and input to an unnamed coprocess (see <B>Coprocesses</B> +above). +<DT><B>DIRSTACK</B> + +<DD> +An array variable (see +<B>Arrays</B> + +below) containing the current contents of the directory stack. +Directories appear in the stack in the order they are displayed by the +<B>dirs</B> + +builtin. +Assigning to members of this array variable may be used to modify +directories already in the stack, but the +<B>pushd</B> + +and +<B>popd</B> + +builtins must be used to add and remove directories. +Assignment to this variable will not change the current directory. +If +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>DIRSTACK</B> + +</FONT> +is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is +subsequently reset. +<DT><B>EPOCHREALTIME</B> + +<DD> +Each time this parameter is referenced, it expands to the number of seconds +since the Unix Epoch (see <I>time</I>(3)) as a floating point value +with micro-second granularity. +Assignments to +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>EPOCHREALTIME</B> + +</FONT> +are ignored. +If +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>EPOCHREALTIME</B> + +</FONT> +is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is +subsequently reset. +<DT><B>EPOCHSECONDS</B> + +<DD> +Each time this parameter is referenced, it expands to the number of seconds +since the Unix Epoch (see <I>time</I>(3)). +Assignments to +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>EPOCHSECONDS</B> + +</FONT> +are ignored. +If +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>EPOCHSECONDS</B> + +</FONT> +is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is +subsequently reset. +<DT><B>EUID</B> + +<DD> +Expands to the effective user ID of the current user, initialized at +shell startup. This variable is readonly. +<DT><B>FUNCNAME</B> + +<DD> +An array variable containing the names of all shell functions +currently in the execution call stack. +The element with index 0 is the name of any currently-executing +shell function. +The bottom-most element (the one with the highest index) is +<TT>"main"</TT>. + +This variable exists only when a shell function is executing. +Assignments to +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>FUNCNAME</B> + +</FONT> +have no effect. +If +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>FUNCNAME</B> + +</FONT> +is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is +subsequently reset. +<P> + + +This variable can be used with <B>BASH_LINENO</B> and <B>BASH_SOURCE</B>. +Each element of <B>FUNCNAME</B> has corresponding elements in +<B>BASH_LINENO</B> and <B>BASH_SOURCE</B> to describe the call stack. +For instance, <B>${FUNCNAME[</B><I>$i</I><B>]}</B> was called from the file +<B>${BASH_SOURCE[</B><I>$i+1</I><B>]}</B> at line number +<B>${BASH_LINENO[</B><I>$i</I><B>]}</B>. +The <B>caller</B> builtin displays the current call stack using this +information. +<DT><B>GROUPS</B> + +<DD> +An array variable containing the list of groups of which the current +user is a member. +Assignments to +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>GROUPS</B> + +</FONT> +have no effect. +If +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>GROUPS</B> + +</FONT> +is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is +subsequently reset. +<DT><B>HISTCMD</B> + +<DD> +The history number, or index in the history list, of the current +command. +Assignments to +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTCMD</B> + +</FONT> +are ignored. +If +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTCMD</B> + +</FONT> +is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is +subsequently reset. +<DT><B>HOSTNAME</B> + +<DD> +Automatically set to the name of the current host. +<DT><B>HOSTTYPE</B> + +<DD> +Automatically set to a string that uniquely +describes the type of machine on which +<B>bash</B> + +is executing. +The default is system-dependent. +<DT><B>LINENO</B> + +<DD> +Each time this parameter is referenced, the shell substitutes +a decimal number representing the current sequential line number +(starting with 1) within a script or function. When not in a +script or function, the value substituted is not guaranteed to +be meaningful. +If +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>LINENO</B> + +</FONT> +is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is +subsequently reset. +<DT><B>MACHTYPE</B> + +<DD> +Automatically set to a string that fully describes the system +type on which +<B>bash</B> + +is executing, in the standard GNU <I>cpu-company-system</I> format. +The default is system-dependent. +<DT><B>MAPFILE</B> + +<DD> +An array variable (see <B>Arrays</B> below) created to hold the text +read by the <B>mapfile</B> builtin when no variable name is supplied. +<DT><B>OLDPWD</B> + +<DD> +The previous working directory as set by the +<B>cd</B> + +command. +<DT><B>OPTARG</B> + +<DD> +The value of the last option argument processed by the +<B>getopts</B> + +builtin command (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</B> + +</FONT> +below). +<DT><B>OPTIND</B> + +<DD> +The index of the next argument to be processed by the +<B>getopts</B> + +builtin command (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</B> + +</FONT> +below). +<DT><B>OSTYPE</B> + +<DD> +Automatically set to a string that +describes the operating system on which +<B>bash</B> + +is executing. +The default is system-dependent. +<DT><B>PIPESTATUS</B> + +<DD> +An array variable (see +<B>Arrays</B> + +below) containing a list of exit status values from the processes +in the most-recently-executed foreground pipeline (which may +contain only a single command). +<DT><B>PPID</B> + +<DD> +The process ID of the shell's parent. This variable is readonly. +<DT><B>PWD</B> + +<DD> +The current working directory as set by the +<B>cd</B> + +command. +<DT><B>RANDOM</B> + +<DD> +Each time this parameter is referenced, it expands to a random integer +between 0 and 32767. +Assigning +a value to +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>RANDOM</B> + +</FONT> +initializes (seeds) the sequence of random numbers. +If +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>RANDOM</B> + +</FONT> +is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is +subsequently reset. +<DT><B>READLINE_LINE</B> + +<DD> +The contents of the +<B>readline</B> + +line buffer, for use with +<TT>bind -x</TT> + +(see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</B> + +</FONT> +below). +<DT><B>READLINE_MARK</B> + +<DD> +The position of the mark (saved insertion point) in the +<B>readline</B> + +line buffer, for use with +<TT>bind -x</TT> + +(see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</B> + +</FONT> +below). +The characters between the insertion point and the mark are often +called the <I>region</I>. +<DT><B>READLINE_POINT</B> + +<DD> +The position of the insertion point in the +<B>readline</B> + +line buffer, for use with +<TT>bind -x</TT> + +(see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</B> + +</FONT> +below). +<DT><B>REPLY</B> + +<DD> +Set to the line of input read by the +<B>read</B> + +builtin command when no arguments are supplied. +<DT><B>SECONDS</B> + +<DD> +Each time this parameter is +referenced, the number of seconds since shell invocation is returned. If a +value is assigned to +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SECONDS</B>, + +</FONT> +the value returned upon subsequent +references is +the number of seconds since the assignment plus the value assigned. +The number of seconds at shell invocation and the current time is always +determined by querying the system clock. +If +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SECONDS</B> + +</FONT> +is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is +subsequently reset. +<DT><B>SHELLOPTS</B> + +<DD> +A colon-separated list of enabled shell options. Each word in +the list is a valid argument for the +<B>-o</B> + +option to the +<B>set</B> + +builtin command (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</B> + +</FONT> +below). The options appearing in +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELLOPTS</B> + +</FONT> +are those reported as +<I>on</I> + +by <B>set -o</B>. +If this variable is in the environment when +<B>bash</B> + +starts up, each shell option in the list will be enabled before +reading any startup files. +This variable is read-only. +<DT><B>SHLVL</B> + +<DD> +Incremented by one each time an instance of +<B>bash</B> + +is started. +<DT><B>SRANDOM</B> + +<DD> +This variable expands to a 32-bit pseudo-random number each time it is +referenced. The random number generator is not linear on systems that +support <TT>/dev/urandom</TT> or <I>arc4random</I>, so each returned number +has no relationship to the numbers preceding it. +The random number generator cannot be seeded, so assignments to this +variable have no effect. +If +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SRANDOM</B> + +</FONT> +is unset, it loses its special properties, +even if it is subsequently reset. +<DT><B>UID</B> + +<DD> +Expands to the user ID of the current user, initialized at shell startup. +This variable is readonly. + +</DL> +<P> + +The following variables are used by the shell. In some cases, +<B>bash</B> + +assigns a default value to a variable; these cases are noted +below. +<P> + + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>BASH_COMPAT</B> + +<DD> +The value is used to set the shell's compatibility level. +See +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL COMPATIBILITY MODE</B> + +</FONT> +below for a description of the various compatibility +levels and their effects. +The value may be a decimal number (e.g., 4.2) or an integer (e.g., 42) +corresponding to the desired compatibility level. +If <B>BASH_COMPAT</B> is unset or set to the empty string, the compatibility +level is set to the default for the current version. +If <B>BASH_COMPAT</B> is set to a value that is not one of the valid +compatibility levels, the shell prints an error message and sets the +compatibility level to the default for the current version. +The valid values correspond to the compatibility levels +described below under +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BSHELL</B>COMPATIBILITY<B>MODE</B>. + +</FONT> +For example, 4.2 and 42 are valid values that correspond +to the <B>compat42</B> <B>shopt</B> option +and set the compatibility level to 42. +The current version is also a valid value. +<DT><B>BASH_ENV</B> + +<DD> +If this parameter is set when <B>bash</B> is executing a shell script, +its value is interpreted as a filename containing commands to +initialize the shell, as in +<A HREF="file:~/.bashrc"><I>~/.bashrc</I></A>. + +The value of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASH_ENV</B> + +</FONT> +is subjected to parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic +expansion before being interpreted as a filename. +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PATH</B> + +</FONT> +is not used to search for the resultant filename. +<DT><B>BASH_XTRACEFD</B> + +<DD> +If set to an integer corresponding to a valid file descriptor, <B>bash</B> +will write the trace output generated when +<TT>set -x</TT> + +is enabled to that file descriptor. +The file descriptor is closed when +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASH_XTRACEFD</B> + +</FONT> +is unset or assigned a new value. +Unsetting +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASH_XTRACEFD</B> + +</FONT> +or assigning it the empty string causes the +trace output to be sent to the standard error. +Note that setting +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASH_XTRACEFD</B> + +</FONT> +to 2 (the standard error file +descriptor) and then unsetting it will result in the standard error +being closed. +<DT><B>CDPATH</B> + +<DD> +The search path for the +<B>cd</B> + +command. +This is a colon-separated list of directories in which the shell looks +for destination directories specified by the +<B>cd</B> + +command. +A sample value is +<TT>".:~:/usr"</TT>. + +<DT><B>CHILD_MAX</B> + +<DD> +Set the number of exited child status values for the shell to remember. +Bash will not allow this value to be decreased below a POSIX-mandated +minimum, and there is a maximum value (currently 8192) that this may +not exceed. +The minimum value is system-dependent. +<DT><B>COLUMNS</B> + +<DD> +Used by the <B>select</B> compound command to determine the terminal width +when printing selection lists. +Automatically set if the +<B>checkwinsize</B> + +option is enabled or in an interactive shell upon receipt of a +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SIGWINCH</B>. + +</FONT> +<DT><B>COMPREPLY</B> + +<DD> +An array variable from which <B>bash</B> reads the possible completions +generated by a shell function invoked by the programmable completion +facility (see <B>Programmable Completion</B> below). +Each array element contains one possible completion. +<DT><B>EMACS</B> + +<DD> +If <B>bash</B> finds this variable in the environment when the shell starts +with value +<TT>t</TT>, + +it assumes that the shell is running in an Emacs shell buffer and disables +line editing. +<DT><B>ENV</B> + +<DD> +Expanded and executed similarly to +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASH_ENV</B> + +</FONT> +(see <B>INVOCATION</B> above) +when an interactive shell is invoked in <I>posix mode</I>. +<DT><B>EXECIGNORE</B> + +<DD> +A colon-separated list of shell patterns (see <B>Pattern Matching</B>) +defining the list of filenames to be ignored by command search using +<B>PATH</B>. +Files whose full pathnames match one of these patterns are not considered +executable files for the purposes of completion and command execution +via <B>PATH</B> lookup. +This does not affect the behavior of the <B>[</B>, <B>test</B>, and <B>[[</B> +commands. +Full pathnames in the command hash table are not subject to <B>EXECIGNORE</B>. +Use this variable to ignore shared library files that have the executable +bit set, but are not executable files. +The pattern matching honors the setting of the <B>extglob</B> shell +option. +<DT><B>FCEDIT</B> + +<DD> +The default editor for the +<B>fc</B> + +builtin command. +<DT><B>FIGNORE</B> + +<DD> +A colon-separated list of suffixes to ignore when performing +filename completion (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>READLINE</B> + +</FONT> +below). +A filename whose suffix matches one of the entries in +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>FIGNORE</B> + +</FONT> +is excluded from the list of matched filenames. +A sample value is +<TT>".o:~"</TT>. + +<DT><B>FUNCNEST</B> + +<DD> +If set to a numeric value greater than 0, defines a maximum function +nesting level. Function invocations that exceed this nesting level +will cause the current command to abort. +<DT><B>GLOBIGNORE</B> + +<DD> +A colon-separated list of patterns defining the set of file names to +be ignored by pathname expansion. +If a file name matched by a pathname expansion pattern also matches one +of the patterns in +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>GLOBIGNORE</B>, + +</FONT> +it is removed from the list of matches. +<DT><B>HISTCONTROL</B> + +<DD> +A colon-separated list of values controlling how commands are saved on +the history list. +If the list of values includes +<I>ignorespace</I>, + +lines which begin with a +<B>space</B> + +character are not saved in the history list. +A value of +<I>ignoredups</I> + +causes lines matching the previous history entry to not be saved. +A value of +<I>ignoreboth</I> + +is shorthand for <I>ignorespace</I> and <I>ignoredups</I>. +A value of +<I>erasedups</I> + +causes all previous lines matching the current line to be removed from +the history list before that line is saved. +Any value not in the above list is ignored. +If +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTCONTROL</B> + +</FONT> +is unset, or does not include a valid value, +all lines read by the shell parser are saved on the history list, +subject to the value of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTIGNORE</B>. + +</FONT> +The second and subsequent lines of a multi-line compound command are +not tested, and are added to the history regardless of the value of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTCONTROL</B>. + +</FONT> +<DT><B>HISTFILE</B> + +<DD> +The name of the file in which command history is saved (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTORY</B> + +</FONT> +below). The default value is <A HREF="file:~/.bash_history"><I>~/.bash_history</I></A>. If unset, the +command history is not saved when a shell exits. +<DT><B>HISTFILESIZE</B> + +<DD> +The maximum number of lines contained in the history file. When this +variable is assigned a value, the history file is truncated, if +necessary, +to contain no more than that number of lines by removing the oldest entries. +The history file is also truncated to this size after +writing it when a shell exits. +If the value is 0, the history file is truncated to zero size. +Non-numeric values and numeric values less than zero inhibit truncation. +The shell sets the default value to the value of <B>HISTSIZE</B> +after reading any startup files. +<DT><B>HISTIGNORE</B> + +<DD> +A colon-separated list of patterns used to decide which command lines +should be saved on the history list. Each pattern is anchored at the +beginning of the line and must match the complete line (no implicit +`<B>*</B>' is appended). Each pattern is tested against the line +after the checks specified by +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTCONTROL</B> + +</FONT> +are applied. +In addition to the normal shell pattern matching characters, `<B>&</B>' +matches the previous history line. `<B>&</B>' may be escaped using a +backslash; the backslash is removed before attempting a match. +The second and subsequent lines of a multi-line compound command are +not tested, and are added to the history regardless of the value of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTIGNORE</B>. + +</FONT> +The pattern matching honors the setting of the <B>extglob</B> shell +option. +<DT><B>HISTSIZE</B> + +<DD> +The number of commands to remember in the command history (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTORY</B> + +</FONT> +below). +If the value is 0, commands are not saved in the history list. +Numeric values less than zero result in every command being saved +on the history list (there is no limit). +The shell sets the default value to 500 after reading any startup files. +<DT><B>HISTTIMEFORMAT</B> + +<DD> +If this variable is set and not null, its value is used as a format string +for <I>strftime</I>(3) to print the time stamp associated with each history +entry displayed by the <B>history</B> builtin. +If this variable is set, time stamps are written to the history file so +they may be preserved across shell sessions. +This uses the history comment character to distinguish timestamps from +other history lines. +<DT><B>HOME</B> + +<DD> +The home directory of the current user; the default argument for the +<B>cd</B> builtin command. +The value of this variable is also used when performing tilde expansion. +<DT><B>HOSTFILE</B> + +<DD> +Contains the name of a file in the same format as + +<I>/etc/hosts</I> + +that should be read when the shell needs to complete a +hostname. +The list of possible hostname completions may be changed while the +shell is running; +the next time hostname completion is attempted after the +value is changed, +<B>bash</B> + +adds the contents of the new file to the existing list. +If +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HOSTFILE</B> + +</FONT> +is set, but has no value, or does not name a readable file, +<B>bash</B> attempts to read + +<I>/etc/hosts</I> + +to obtain the list of possible hostname completions. +When +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HOSTFILE</B> + +</FONT> +is unset, the hostname list is cleared. +<DT><B>IFS</B> + +<DD> +The +<I>Internal Field Separator</I> + +that is used +for word splitting after expansion and to +split lines into words with the +<B>read</B> + +builtin command. The default value is +``<space><tab><newline>''. +<DT><B>IGNOREEOF</B> + +<DD> +Controls the +action of an interactive shell on receipt of an +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>EOF</B> + +</FONT> +character as the sole input. If set, the value is the number of +consecutive +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>EOF</B> + +</FONT> +characters which must be +typed as the first characters on an input line before +<B>bash</B> + +exits. If the variable exists but does not have a numeric value, or +has no value, the default value is 10. If it does not exist, +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>EOF</B> + +</FONT> +signifies the end of input to the shell. +<DT><B>INPUTRC</B> + +<DD> +The filename for the +<B>readline</B> + +startup file, overriding the default of + +<A HREF="file:~/.inputrc"><I>~/.inputrc</I></A> + +(see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>READLINE</B> + +</FONT> +below). +<DT><B>INSIDE_EMACS</B> + +<DD> +If this variable appears in the environment when the shell starts, +<B>bash</B> assumes that it is running inside an Emacs shell buffer +and may disable line editing, depending on the value of <B>TERM</B>. +<DT><B>LANG</B> + +<DD> +Used to determine the locale category for any category not specifically +selected with a variable starting with <B>LC_</B>. +<DT><B>LC_ALL</B> + +<DD> +This variable overrides the value of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>LANG</B> + +</FONT> +and any other +<B>LC_</B> variable specifying a locale category. +<DT><B>LC_COLLATE</B> + +<DD> +This variable determines the collation order used when sorting the +results of pathname expansion, and determines the behavior of range +expressions, equivalence classes, and collating sequences within +pathname expansion and pattern matching. +<DT><B>LC_CTYPE</B> + +<DD> +This variable determines the interpretation of characters and the +behavior of character classes within pathname expansion and pattern +matching. +<DT><B>LC_MESSAGES</B> + +<DD> +This variable determines the locale used to translate double-quoted +strings preceded by a <B>$</B>. +<DT><B>LC_NUMERIC</B> + +<DD> +This variable determines the locale category used for number formatting. +<DT><B>LC_TIME</B> + +<DD> +This variable determines the locale category used for data and time +formatting. +<DT><B>LINES</B> + +<DD> +Used by the <B>select</B> compound command to determine the column length +for printing selection lists. +Automatically set if the +<B>checkwinsize</B> + +option is enabled or in an interactive shell upon receipt of a +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SIGWINCH</B>. + +</FONT> +<DT><B>MAIL</B> + +<DD> +If this parameter is set to a file or directory name and the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>MAILPATH</B> + +</FONT> +variable is not set, +<B>bash</B> + +informs the user of the arrival of mail in the specified file or +Maildir-format directory. +<DT><B>MAILCHECK</B> + +<DD> +Specifies how +often (in seconds) +<B>bash</B> + +checks for mail. The default is 60 seconds. When it is time to check +for mail, the shell does so before displaying the primary prompt. +If this variable is unset, or set to a value that is not a number +greater than or equal to zero, the shell disables mail checking. +<DT><B>MAILPATH</B> + +<DD> +A colon-separated list of filenames to be checked for mail. +The message to be printed when mail arrives in a particular file +may be specified by separating the filename from the message with a `?'. +When used in the text of the message, <B>$_</B> expands to the name of +the current mailfile. +Example: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<P> + +<B>MAILPATH</B>=aq/var/mail/bfox?"You have mail":~/shell-mail?"$_ has mail!"aq +<P> + +<B>Bash</B> + +can be configured to supply +a default value for this variable (there is no value by default), +but the location of the user +mail files that it uses is system dependent (e.g., /var/mail/<B>$USER</B>). +</DL> + +<DT><B>OPTERR</B> + +<DD> +If set to the value 1, +<B>bash</B> + +displays error messages generated by the +<B>getopts</B> + +builtin command (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</B> + +</FONT> +below). +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>OPTERR</B> + +</FONT> +is initialized to 1 each time the shell is invoked or a shell +script is executed. +<DT><B>PATH</B> + +<DD> +The search path for commands. It +is a colon-separated list of directories in which +the shell looks for commands (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>COMMAND EXECUTION</B> + +</FONT> +below). +A zero-length (null) directory name in the value of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PATH</B> + +</FONT> +indicates the current directory. +A null directory name may appear as two adjacent colons, or as an initial +or trailing colon. +The default path is system-dependent, +and is set by the administrator who installs +<B>bash</B>. + +A common value is + +<TT>/usr/local/bin:/usr/local/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin:/bin:/sbin</TT>. + + +<DT><B>POSIXLY_CORRECT</B> + +<DD> +If this variable is in the environment when <B>bash</B> starts, the shell +enters <I>posix mode</I> before reading the startup files, as if the +<B>--posix</B> + +invocation option had been supplied. If it is set while the shell is +running, <B>bash</B> enables <I>posix mode</I>, as if the command +<TT>set -o posix</TT> + +had been executed. +When the shell enters <I>posix mode</I>, it sets this variable if it was +not already set. +<DT><B>PROMPT_COMMAND</B> + +<DD> +If this variable is set, and is an array, +the value of each set element is executed as a command +prior to issuing each primary prompt. +If this is set but not an array variable, +its value is used as a command to execute instead. +<DT><B>PROMPT_DIRTRIM</B> + +<DD> +If set to a number greater than zero, the value is used as the number of +trailing directory components to retain when expanding the <B>\w</B> and +<B>\W</B> prompt string escapes (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PROMPTING</B> + +</FONT> +below). Characters removed are replaced with an ellipsis. +<DT><B>PS0</B> + +<DD> +The value of this parameter is expanded (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PROMPTING</B> + +</FONT> +below) and displayed by interactive shells after reading a command +and before the command is executed. +<DT><B>PS1</B> + +<DD> +The value of this parameter is expanded (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PROMPTING</B> + +</FONT> +below) and used as the primary prompt string. The default value is +``<B>\s-\v\$ </B>''. +<DT><B>PS2</B> + +<DD> +The value of this parameter is expanded as with +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PS1</B> + +</FONT> +and used as the secondary prompt string. The default is +``<B>> </B>''. +<DT><B>PS3</B> + +<DD> +The value of this parameter is used as the prompt for the +<B>select</B> + +command (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL GRAMMAR</B> + +</FONT> +above). +<DT><B>PS4</B> + +<DD> +The value of this parameter is expanded as with +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PS1</B> + +</FONT> +and the value is printed before each command +<B>bash</B> + +displays during an execution trace. The first character of +the expanded value of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PS4</B> + +</FONT> +is replicated multiple times, as necessary, to indicate multiple +levels of indirection. The default is ``<B>+ </B>''. +<DT><B>SHELL</B> + +<DD> +This variable expands to the full pathname to the shell. +If it is not set when the shell starts, +<B>bash</B> + +assigns to it the full pathname of the current user's login shell. +<DT><B>TIMEFORMAT</B> + +<DD> +The value of this parameter is used as a format string specifying +how the timing information for pipelines prefixed with the +<B>time</B> + +reserved word should be displayed. +The <B>%</B> character introduces an escape sequence that is +expanded to a time value or other information. +The escape sequences and their meanings are as follows; the +braces denote optional portions. +<P> +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>%%</B> + +<DD> +A literal <B>%</B>. +<DT><B>%[</B><I>p</I>][l]R + +<DD> +The elapsed time in seconds. +<DT><B>%[</B><I>p</I>][l]U + +<DD> +The number of CPU seconds spent in user mode. +<DT><B>%[</B><I>p</I>][l]S + +<DD> +The number of CPU seconds spent in system mode. +<DT><B>%P</B> + +<DD> +The CPU percentage, computed as (%U + %S) / %R. + +</DL></DL> + +<DT><DD> +The optional <I>p</I> is a digit specifying the <I>precision</I>, +the number of fractional digits after a decimal point. +A value of 0 causes no decimal point or fraction to be output. +At most three places after the decimal point may be specified; +values of <I>p</I> greater than 3 are changed to 3. +If <I>p</I> is not specified, the value 3 is used. +<DT><DD> +The optional <B>l</B> specifies a longer format, including +minutes, of the form <I>MM</I>m<I>SS</I>.<I>FF</I>s. +The value of <I>p</I> determines whether or not the fraction is +included. +<DT><DD> +If this variable is not set, <B>bash</B> acts as if it had the +value <B>$aq\nreal\t%3lR\nuser\t%3lU\nsys\t%3lSaq</B>. +If the value is null, no timing information is displayed. +A trailing newline is added when the format string is displayed. + +<DT><B>TMOUT</B> + +<DD> +If set to a value greater than zero, +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>TMOUT</B> + +</FONT> +is treated as the +default timeout for the <B>read</B> builtin. +The <B>select</B> command terminates if input does not arrive +after +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>TMOUT</B> + +</FONT> +seconds when input is coming from a terminal. +In an interactive shell, the value is interpreted as the +number of seconds to wait for a line of input after issuing the +primary prompt. +<B>Bash</B> + +terminates after waiting for that number of seconds if a complete +line of input does not arrive. +<DT><B>TMPDIR</B> + +<DD> +If set, <B>bash</B> uses its value as the name of a directory in which +<B>bash</B> creates temporary files for the shell's use. +<DT><B>auto_resume</B> + +<DD> +This variable controls how the shell interacts with the user and +job control. If this variable is set, single word simple +commands without redirections are treated as candidates for resumption +of an existing stopped job. There is no ambiguity allowed; if there is +more than one job beginning with the string typed, the job most recently +accessed is selected. The +<I>name</I> + +of a stopped job, in this context, is the command line used to +start it. +If set to the value +<I>exact</I>, + +the string supplied must match the name of a stopped job exactly; +if set to +<I>substring</I>, + +the string supplied needs to match a substring of the name of a +stopped job. The +<I>substring</I> + +value provides functionality analogous to the +<B>%?</B> + +job identifier (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>JOB CONTROL</B> + +</FONT> +below). If set to any other value, the supplied string must +be a prefix of a stopped job's name; this provides functionality +analogous to the <B>%</B><I>string</I> job identifier. +<DT><B>histchars</B> + +<DD> +The two or three characters which control history expansion +and tokenization (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTORY EXPANSION</B> + +</FONT> +below). The first character is the <I>history expansion</I> character, +the character which signals the start of a history +expansion, normally `<B>!</B>'. +The second character is the <I>quick substitution</I> +character, which is used as shorthand for re-running the previous +command entered, substituting one string for another in the command. +The default is `<B>^</B>'. +The optional third character is the character +which indicates that the remainder of the line is a comment when found +as the first character of a word, normally `<B>#</B>'. The history +comment character causes history substitution to be skipped for the +remaining words on the line. It does not necessarily cause the shell +parser to treat the rest of the line as a comment. + +</DL> +<A NAME="lbAX"> </A> +<H4>Arrays</H4> + +<B>Bash</B> + +provides one-dimensional indexed and associative array variables. +Any variable may be used as an indexed array; the +<B>declare</B> + +builtin will explicitly declare an array. +There is no maximum +limit on the size of an array, nor any requirement that members +be indexed or assigned contiguously. +Indexed arrays are referenced using integers (including arithmetic +expressions) and are zero-based; associative arrays are referenced +using arbitrary strings. +Unless otherwise noted, indexed array indices must be non-negative integers. +<P> + +An indexed array is created automatically if any variable is assigned to +using the syntax <I>name</I>[<I>subscript</I>]=<I>value</I>. The +<I>subscript</I> + +is treated as an arithmetic expression that must evaluate to a number. +To explicitly declare an indexed array, use +<B>declare -a </B><I>name</I> + +(see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</B> + +</FONT> +below). +<B>declare -a </B><I>name</I>[<I>subscript</I>] + +is also accepted; the <I>subscript</I> is ignored. +<P> + +Associative arrays are created using +<B>declare -A </B><I>name</I>. + +<P> + +Attributes may be +specified for an array variable using the +<B>declare</B> + +and +<B>readonly</B> + +builtins. Each attribute applies to all members of an array. +<P> + +Arrays are assigned to using compound assignments of the form +<I>name</I>=<B>(</B>value<I>1</I> ... value<I>n</I><B>)</B>, where each +<I>value</I> may be of the form [<I>subscript</I>]=<I>string</I>. +Indexed array assignments do not require anything but <I>string</I>. +Each <I>value</I> in the list is expanded using all the shell expansions +described below under +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>EXPANSION</B>. + +</FONT> +When assigning to indexed arrays, if the optional brackets and subscript +are supplied, that index is assigned to; +otherwise the index of the element assigned is the last index assigned +to by the statement plus one. Indexing starts at zero. +<P> + +When assigning to an associative array, the words in a compound assignment +may be either assignment statements, for which the subscript is required, +or a list of words that is interpreted as a sequence of alternating keys +and values: +<I>name</I>=<B>( </B><I>key1 value1 key2 value2</I> ...<B>)</B>. +These are treated identically to +<I>name</I>=<B>(</B> [<I>key1</I>]=<I>value1</I> [<I>key2</I>]=<I>value2</I> ...<B>)</B>. +The first word in the list determines how the remaining words +are interpreted; all assignments in a list must be of the same type. +When using key/value pairs, the keys may not be missing or empty; +a final missing value is treated like the empty string. +<P> + +This syntax is also accepted by the +<B>declare</B> + +builtin. Individual array elements may be assigned to using the +<I>name</I>[<I>subscript</I>]=<I>value</I> syntax introduced above. +When assigning to an indexed array, if +<I>name</I> + +is subscripted by a negative number, that number is +interpreted as relative to one greater than the maximum index of +<I>name</I>, so negative indices count back from the end of the +array, and an index of -1 references the last element. +<P> + +Any element of an array may be referenced using +${<I>name</I>[<I>subscript</I>]}. The braces are required to avoid +conflicts with pathname expansion. If +<I>subscript</I> is <B>@</B> or <B>*</B>, the word expands to +all members of <I>name</I>. These subscripts differ only when the +word appears within double quotes. If the word is double-quoted, +${<I>name</I>[*]} expands to a single +word with the value of each array member separated by the first +character of the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>IFS</B> + +</FONT> +special variable, and ${<I>name</I>[@]} expands each element of +<I>name</I> to a separate word. When there are no array members, +${<I>name</I>[@]} expands to nothing. +If the double-quoted expansion occurs within a word, the expansion of +the first parameter is joined with the beginning part of the original +word, and the expansion of the last parameter is joined with the last +part of the original word. +This is analogous to the expansion +of the special parameters <B>*</B> and <B>@</B> (see +<B>Special Parameters</B> + +above). ${#<I>name</I>[<I>subscript</I>]} expands to the length of +${<I>name</I>[<I>subscript</I>]}. If <I>subscript</I> is <B>*</B> or +<B>@</B>, the expansion is the number of elements in the array. +If the +<I>subscript</I> + +used to reference an element of an indexed array +evaluates to a number less than zero, it is +interpreted as relative to one greater than the maximum index of the array, +so negative indices count back from the end of the +array, and an index of -1 references the last element. +<P> + +Referencing an array variable without a subscript is equivalent to +referencing the array with a subscript of 0. +Any reference to a variable using a valid subscript is legal, and +<B>bash</B> + +will create an array if necessary. +<P> + +An array variable is considered set if a subscript has been assigned a +value. The null string is a valid value. +<P> + +It is possible to obtain the keys (indices) of an array as well as the values. +${<B>!</B><I>name</I>[<I>@</I>]} and ${<B>!</B><I>name</I>[<I>*</I>]} +expand to the indices assigned in array variable <I>name</I>. +The treatment when in double quotes is similar to the expansion of the +special parameters <I>@</I> and <I>*</I> within double quotes. +<P> + +The +<B>unset</B> + +builtin is used to destroy arrays. <B>unset</B> <I>name</I>[<I>subscript</I>] +destroys the array element at index <I>subscript</I>, +for both indexed and associative arrays. +Negative subscripts to indexed arrays are interpreted as described above. +Unsetting the last element of an array variable does not unset the variable. +<B>unset</B> <I>name</I>, where <I>name</I> is an array, or +<B>unset</B> <I>name</I>[<I>subscript</I>], where +<I>subscript</I> is <B>*</B> or <B>@</B>, removes the entire array. +<P> + +When using a variable name with a subscript as an argument to a command, +such as with <B>unset</B>, without using the word expansion syntax +described above, the argument is subject to pathname expansion. +If pathname expansion is not desired, the argument should be quoted. +<P> + +The +<B>declare</B>, + +<B>local</B>, + +and +<B>readonly</B> + +builtins each accept a +<B>-a</B> + +option to specify an indexed array and a +<B>-A</B> + +option to specify an associative array. +If both options are supplied, +<B>-A</B> + +takes precedence. +The +<B>read</B> + +builtin accepts a +<B>-a</B> + +option to assign a list of words read from the standard input +to an array. The +<B>set</B> + +and +<B>declare</B> + +builtins display array values in a way that allows them to be +reused as assignments. +<A NAME="lbAY"> </A> +<H3>EXPANSION</H3> + +Expansion is performed on the command line after it has been split into +words. There are seven kinds of expansion performed: +<I>brace expansion</I>, + +<I>tilde expansion</I>, + +<I>parameter and variable expansion</I>, + +<I>command substitution</I>, + +<I>arithmetic expansion</I>, + +<I>word splitting</I>, + +and +<I>pathname expansion</I>. + +<P> + +The order of expansions is: +brace expansion; +tilde expansion, parameter and variable expansion, arithmetic expansion, +and command substitution (done in a left-to-right fashion); +word splitting; +and pathname expansion. +<P> + +On systems that can support it, there is an additional expansion +available: <I>process substitution</I>. +This is performed at the +same time as tilde, parameter, variable, and arithmetic expansion and +command substitution. +<P> + +After these expansions are performed, quote characters present in the +original word are removed unless they have been quoted themselves +(<I>quote removal</I>). +<P> + +Only brace expansion, word splitting, and pathname expansion +can increase the number of words of the expansion; other expansions +expand a single word to a single word. +The only exceptions to this are the expansions of +"<B>$@</B>" and "<B>${</B><I>name</I><B>[@]}</B>", +and, in most cases, <B>$*</B> and <B>${</B><I>name</I><B>[*]}</B> +as explained above (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PARAMETERS</B>). + +</FONT> +<A NAME="lbAZ"> </A> +<H4>Brace Expansion</H4> + +<I>Brace expansion</I> + +is a mechanism by which arbitrary strings +may be generated. This mechanism is similar to +<I>pathname expansion</I>, but the filenames generated +need not exist. Patterns to be brace expanded take +the form of an optional +<I>preamble</I>, + +followed by either a series of comma-separated strings or +a sequence expression between a pair of braces, followed by +an optional +<I>postscript</I>. + +The preamble is prefixed to each string contained +within the braces, and the postscript is then appended +to each resulting string, expanding left to right. +<P> + +Brace expansions may be nested. The results of each expanded +string are not sorted; left to right order is preserved. +For example, a<B>{</B>d,c,b<B>}</B>e expands into `ade ace abe'. +<P> + +A sequence expression takes the form +<B>{</B><I>x</I><B>..</B><I>y</I><B>[..</B><I>incr</I><B>]}</B>, +where <I>x</I> and <I>y</I> are either integers or single characters, +and <I>incr</I>, an optional increment, is an integer. +When integers are supplied, the expression expands to each number between +<I>x</I> and <I>y</I>, inclusive. +Supplied integers may be prefixed with <I>0</I> to force each term to have the +same width. +When either <I>x</I> or y begins with a zero, the shell +attempts to force all generated terms to contain the same number of digits, +zero-padding where necessary. +When characters are supplied, the expression expands to each character +lexicographically between <I>x</I> and <I>y</I>, inclusive, +using the default C locale. +Note that both <I>x</I> and <I>y</I> must be of the same type. +When the increment is supplied, it is used as the difference between +each term. The default increment is 1 or -1 as appropriate. +<P> + +Brace expansion is performed before any other expansions, +and any characters special to other expansions are preserved +in the result. It is strictly textual. +<B>Bash</B> + +does not apply any syntactic interpretation to the context of the +expansion or the text between the braces. +<P> + +A correctly-formed brace expansion must contain unquoted opening +and closing braces, and at least one unquoted comma or a valid +sequence expression. +Any incorrectly formed brace expansion is left unchanged. +A <B>{</B> or <B>,</B> may be quoted with a backslash to prevent its +being considered part of a brace expression. +To avoid conflicts with parameter expansion, the string <B>${</B> +is not considered eligible for brace expansion, and inhibits brace +expansion until the closing <B>}</B>. +<P> + +This construct is typically used as shorthand when the common +prefix of the strings to be generated is longer than in the +above example: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<P> + +mkdir /usr/local/src/bash/{old,new,dist,bugs} +</DL> + +or +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +chown root /usr/{ucb/{ex,edit},lib/{ex?.?*,how_ex}} +</DL> + +<P> + +Brace expansion introduces a slight incompatibility with +historical versions of +<B>sh</B>. + +<B>sh</B> + +does not treat opening or closing braces specially when they +appear as part of a word, and preserves them in the output. +<B>Bash</B> + +removes braces from words as a consequence of brace +expansion. For example, a word entered to +<B>sh</B> + +as <I>file{1,2}</I> +appears identically in the output. The same word is +output as +<I>file1 file2</I> + +after expansion by +<B>bash</B>. + +If strict compatibility with +<B>sh</B> + +is desired, start +<B>bash</B> + +with the +<B>+B</B> + +option or disable brace expansion with the +<B>+B</B> + +option to the +<B>set</B> + +command (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</B> + +</FONT> +below). +<A NAME="lbBA"> </A> +<H4>Tilde Expansion</H4> + +If a word begins with an unquoted tilde character (`<B>~</B>'), all of +the characters preceding the first unquoted slash (or all characters, +if there is no unquoted slash) are considered a <I>tilde-prefix</I>. +If none of the characters in the tilde-prefix are quoted, the +characters in the tilde-prefix following the tilde are treated as a +possible <I>login name</I>. +If this login name is the null string, the tilde is replaced with the +value of the shell parameter +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HOME</B>. + +</FONT> +If +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HOME</B> + +</FONT> +is unset, the home directory of the user executing the shell is +substituted instead. +Otherwise, the tilde-prefix is replaced with the home directory +associated with the specified login name. +<P> + +If the tilde-prefix is a `~+', the value of the shell variable +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PWD</B> + +</FONT> +replaces the tilde-prefix. +If the tilde-prefix is a `~-', the value of the shell variable +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>OLDPWD</B>, + +</FONT> +if it is set, is substituted. +If the characters following the tilde in the tilde-prefix consist +of a number <I>N</I>, optionally prefixed +by a `+' or a `-', the tilde-prefix is replaced with the corresponding +element from the directory stack, as it would be displayed by the +<B>dirs</B> + +builtin invoked with the tilde-prefix as an argument. +If the characters following the tilde in the tilde-prefix consist of a +number without a leading `+' or `-', `+' is assumed. +<P> + +If the login name is invalid, or the tilde expansion fails, the word +is unchanged. +<P> + +Each variable assignment is checked for unquoted tilde-prefixes immediately +following a +<B>:</B> + +or the first +<B>=</B>. + +In these cases, tilde expansion is also performed. +Consequently, one may use filenames with tildes in assignments to +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PATH</B>, + +</FONT> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>MAILPATH</B>, + +</FONT> +and +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>CDPATH</B>, + +</FONT> +and the shell assigns the expanded value. +<P> + +Bash also performs tilde expansion on words satisfying the conditions of +variable assignments (as described above under +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PARAMETERS</B>) + +</FONT> +when they appear as arguments to simple commands. +Bash does not do this, except for the <I>declaration</I> commands listed +above, when in <I>posix mode</I>. +<A NAME="lbBB"> </A> +<H4>Parameter Expansion</H4> + +The `<B>$</B>' character introduces parameter expansion, +command substitution, or arithmetic expansion. The parameter name +or symbol to be expanded may be enclosed in braces, which +are optional but serve to protect the variable to be expanded from +characters immediately following it which could be +interpreted as part of the name. +<P> + +When braces are used, the matching ending brace is the first `<B>}</B>' +not escaped by a backslash or within a quoted string, and not within an +embedded arithmetic expansion, command substitution, or parameter +expansion. +<P> + + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT>${<I>parameter</I>}<DD> +The value of <I>parameter</I> is substituted. The braces are required +when +<I>parameter</I> + +is a positional parameter with more than one digit, +or when +<I>parameter</I> + +is followed by a character which is not to be +interpreted as part of its name. +The <I>parameter</I> is a shell parameter as described above +<B>PARAMETERS</B>) or an array reference (<B>Arrays</B>). + +</DL> +<P> + +If the first character of <I>parameter</I> is an exclamation point (<B>!</B>), +and <I>parameter</I> is not a <I>nameref</I>, +it introduces a level of indirection. +<B>Bash</B> uses the value formed by expanding the rest of +<I>parameter</I> as the new <I>parameter</I>; this is then +expanded and that value is used in the rest of the expansion, rather +than the expansion of the original <I>parameter</I>. +This is known as <I>indirect expansion</I>. +The value is subject to tilde expansion, +parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic expansion. +If <I>parameter</I> is a nameref, this expands to the name of the +parameter referenced by <I>parameter</I> instead of performing the +complete indirect expansion. +The exceptions to this are the expansions of ${<B>!</B><I>prefix</I><B>*</B>} and +${<B>!</B><I>name</I>[<I>@</I>]} described below. +The exclamation point must immediately follow the left brace in order to +introduce indirection. +<P> + +In each of the cases below, <I>word</I> is subject to tilde expansion, +parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic expansion. +<P> + +When not performing substring expansion, using the forms documented below +(e.g., <B>:-</B>), +<B>bash</B> tests for a parameter that is unset or null. Omitting the colon +results in a test only for a parameter that is unset. +<P> + + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT>${<I>parameter</I><B>:-</B><I>word</I>}<DD> +<B>Use Default Values</B>. If +<I>parameter</I> + +is unset or null, the expansion of +<I>word</I> + +is substituted. Otherwise, the value of +<I>parameter</I> + +is substituted. +<DT>${<I>parameter</I><B>:=</B><I>word</I>}<DD> +<B>Assign Default Values</B>. +If +<I>parameter</I> + +is unset or null, the expansion of +<I>word</I> + +is assigned to +<I>parameter</I>. + +The value of +<I>parameter</I> + +is then substituted. Positional parameters and special parameters may +not be assigned to in this way. +<DT>${<I>parameter</I><B>:?</B><I>word</I>}<DD> +<B>Display Error if Null or Unset</B>. +If +<I>parameter</I> + +is null or unset, the expansion of <I>word</I> (or a message to that effect +if +<I>word</I> + +is not present) is written to the standard error and the shell, if it +is not interactive, exits. Otherwise, the value of <I>parameter</I> is +substituted. +<DT>${<I>parameter</I><B>:+</B><I>word</I>}<DD> +<B>Use Alternate Value</B>. +If +<I>parameter</I> + +is null or unset, nothing is substituted, otherwise the expansion of +<I>word</I> + +is substituted. +<DT>${<I>parameter</I><B>:</B><I>offset</I>}<DD> + +<DT>${<I>parameter</I><B>:</B><I>offset</I><B>:</B><I>length</I>}<DD> + +<B>Substring Expansion</B>. +Expands to up to <I>length</I> characters of the value of <I>parameter</I> +starting at the character specified by <I>offset</I>. +If <I>parameter</I> is <B>@</B>, an indexed array subscripted by +<B>@</B> or <B>*</B>, or an associative array name, the results differ as +described below. +If <I>length</I> is omitted, expands to the substring of the value of +<I>parameter</I> starting at the character specified by <I>offset</I> +and extending to the end of the value. +<I>length</I> and <I>offset</I> are arithmetic expressions (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>ARITHMETIC EVALUATION</B> + +</FONT> +below). +<P> +If <I>offset</I> evaluates to a number less than zero, the value +is used as an offset in characters +from the end of the value of <I>parameter</I>. +If <I>length</I> evaluates to a number less than zero, +it is interpreted as an offset in characters +from the end of the value of <I>parameter</I> rather than +a number of characters, and the expansion is the characters between +<I>offset</I> and that result. +Note that a negative offset must be separated from the colon by at least +one space to avoid being confused with the <B>:-</B> expansion. +<P> +If <I>parameter</I> is <B>@</B>, the result is <I>length</I> positional +parameters beginning at <I>offset</I>. +A negative <I>offset</I> is taken relative to one greater than the greatest +positional parameter, so an offset of -1 evaluates to the last positional +parameter. +It is an expansion error if <I>length</I> evaluates to a number less than +zero. +<P> +If <I>parameter</I> is an indexed array name subscripted by @ or *, +the result is the <I>length</I> +members of the array beginning with ${<I>parameter</I>[<I>offset</I>]}. +A negative <I>offset</I> is taken relative to one greater than the maximum +index of the specified array. +It is an expansion error if <I>length</I> evaluates to a number less than +zero. +<P> +Substring expansion applied to an associative array produces undefined +results. +<P> +Substring indexing is zero-based unless the positional parameters +are used, in which case the indexing starts at 1 by default. +If <I>offset</I> is 0, and the positional parameters are used, <B>$0</B> is +prefixed to the list. +<DT>${<B>!</B><I>prefix</I><B>*</B>}<DD> + +<DT>${<B>!</B><I>prefix</I><B>@</B>}<DD> + +<B>Names matching prefix</B>. +Expands to the names of variables whose names begin with <I>prefix</I>, +separated by the first character of the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>IFS</B> + +</FONT> +special variable. +When <I>@</I> is used and the expansion appears within double quotes, each +variable name expands to a separate word. +<DT>${<B>!</B><I>name</I>[<I>@</I>]}<DD> + +<DT>${<B>!</B><I>name</I>[<I>*</I>]}<DD> + +<B>List of array keys</B>. +If <I>name</I> is an array variable, expands to the list of array indices +(keys) assigned in <I>name</I>. +If <I>name</I> is not an array, expands to 0 if <I>name</I> is set and null +otherwise. +When <I>@</I> is used and the expansion appears within double quotes, each +key expands to a separate word. +<DT>${<B>#</B><I>parameter</I>}<DD> +<B>Parameter length</B>. +The length in characters of the value of <I>parameter</I> is substituted. +If +<I>parameter</I> + +is +<B>*</B> + +or +<B>@</B>, + +the value substituted is the number of positional parameters. +If +<I>parameter</I> + +is an array name subscripted by +<B>*</B> + +or +<B>@</B>, + +the value substituted is the number of elements in the array. +If +<I>parameter</I> + +is an indexed array name subscripted by a negative number, that number is +interpreted as relative to one greater than the maximum index of +<I>parameter</I>, so negative indices count back from the end of the +array, and an index of -1 references the last element. +<DT>${<I>parameter</I><B>#</B><I>word</I>}<DD> + +<DT>${<I>parameter</I><B>##</B><I>word</I>}<DD> + +<B>Remove matching prefix pattern</B>. +The +<I>word</I> + +is expanded to produce a pattern just as in pathname +expansion, and matched against the expanded value of +<I>parameter</I> + +using the rules described under +<B>Pattern Matching</B> + +below. +If the pattern matches the beginning of +the value of +<I>parameter</I>, + +then the result of the expansion is the expanded value of +<I>parameter</I> + +with the shortest matching pattern (the ``<B>#</B>'' case) or the +longest matching pattern (the ``<B>##</B>'' case) deleted. +If +<I>parameter</I> + +is +<B>@</B> + +or +<B>*</B>, + +the pattern removal operation is applied to each positional +parameter in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list. +If +<I>parameter</I> + +is an array variable subscripted with +<B>@</B> + +or +<B>*</B>, + +the pattern removal operation is applied to each member of the +array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list. +<DT>${<I>parameter</I><B>%</B><I>word</I>}<DD> + +<DT>${<I>parameter</I><B>%%</B><I>word</I>}<DD> + +<B>Remove matching suffix pattern</B>. +The <I>word</I> is expanded to produce a pattern just as in +pathname expansion, and matched against the expanded value of +<I>parameter</I> + +using the rules described under +<B>Pattern Matching</B> + +below. +If the pattern matches a trailing portion of the expanded value of +<I>parameter</I>, + +then the result of the expansion is the expanded value of +<I>parameter</I> + +with the shortest matching pattern (the ``<B>%</B>'' case) or the +longest matching pattern (the ``<B>%%</B>'' case) deleted. +If +<I>parameter</I> + +is +<B>@</B> + +or +<B>*</B>, + +the pattern removal operation is applied to each positional +parameter in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list. +If +<I>parameter</I> + +is an array variable subscripted with +<B>@</B> + +or +<B>*</B>, + +the pattern removal operation is applied to each member of the +array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list. +<DT>${<I>parameter</I><B>/</B><I>pattern</I><B>/</B><I>string</I>}<DD> +<B>Pattern substitution</B>. +The <I>pattern</I> is expanded to produce a pattern just as in +pathname expansion, +<I>Parameter</I> is expanded and the longest match of <I>pattern</I> +against its value is replaced with <I>string</I>. +The match is performed using the rules described under +<B>Pattern Matching</B> + +below. +If <I>pattern</I> begins with <B>/</B>, all matches of <I>pattern</I> are +replaced with <I>string</I>. Normally only the first match is replaced. +If <I>pattern</I> begins with <B>#</B>, it must match at the beginning +of the expanded value of <I>parameter</I>. +If <I>pattern</I> begins with <B>%</B>, it must match at the end +of the expanded value of <I>parameter</I>. +If <I>string</I> is null, matches of <I>pattern</I> are deleted +and the <B>/</B> following <I>pattern</I> may be omitted. +If the +<B>nocasematch</B> + +shell option is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case +of alphabetic characters. +If +<I>parameter</I> + +is +<B>@</B> + +or +<B>*</B>, + +the substitution operation is applied to each positional +parameter in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list. +If +<I>parameter</I> + +is an array variable subscripted with +<B>@</B> + +or +<B>*</B>, + +the substitution operation is applied to each member of the +array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list. +<DT>${<I>parameter</I><B>^</B><I>pattern</I>}<DD> + +<DT>${<I>parameter</I><B>^^</B><I>pattern</I>}<DD> +<DT>${<I>parameter</I><B>,</B><I>pattern</I>}<DD> +<DT>${<I>parameter</I><B>,,</B><I>pattern</I>}<DD> + +<B>Case modification</B>. +This expansion modifies the case of alphabetic characters in <I>parameter</I>. +The <I>pattern</I> is expanded to produce a pattern just as in +pathname expansion. +Each character in the expanded value of <I>parameter</I> is tested against +<I>pattern</I>, and, if it matches the pattern, its case is converted. +The pattern should not attempt to match more than one character. +The <B>^</B> operator converts lowercase letters matching <I>pattern</I> +to uppercase; the <B>,</B> operator converts matching uppercase letters +to lowercase. +The <B>^^</B> and <B>,,</B> expansions convert each matched character in the +expanded value; the <B>^</B> and <B>,</B> expansions match and convert only +the first character in the expanded value. +If <I>pattern</I> is omitted, it is treated like a <B>?</B>, which matches +every character. +If +<I>parameter</I> + +is +<B>@</B> + +or +<B>*</B>, + +the case modification operation is applied to each positional +parameter in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list. +If +<I>parameter</I> + +is an array variable subscripted with +<B>@</B> + +or +<B>*</B>, + +the case modification operation is applied to each member of the +array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list. +<DT>${<I>parameter</I><B>@</B><I>operator</I>}<DD> +<B>Parameter transformation</B>. +The expansion is either a transformation of the value of <I>parameter</I> +or information about <I>parameter</I> itself, depending on the value of +<I>operator</I>. Each <I>operator</I> is a single letter: +<P> +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>U</B> + +<DD> +The expansion is a string that is the value of <I>parameter</I> with lowercase +alphabetic characters converted to uppercase. +<DT><B>u</B> + +<DD> +The expansion is a string that is the value of <I>parameter</I> with the first +character converted to uppercase, if it is alphabetic. +<DT><B>L</B> + +<DD> +The expansion is a string that is the value of <I>parameter</I> with uppercase +alphabetic characters converted to lowercase. +<DT><B>Q</B> + +<DD> +The expansion is a string that is the value of <I>parameter</I> quoted in a +format that can be reused as input. +<DT><B>E</B> + +<DD> +The expansion is a string that is the value of <I>parameter</I> with backslash +escape sequences expanded as with the <B>$'...'</B> quoting mechanism. +<DT><B>P</B> + +<DD> +The expansion is a string that is the result of expanding the value of +<I>parameter</I> as if it were a prompt string (see <B>PROMPTING</B> below). +<DT><B>A</B> + +<DD> +The expansion is a string in the form of +an assignment statement or <B>declare</B> command that, if +evaluated, will recreate <I>parameter</I> with its attributes and value. +<DT><B>K</B> + +<DD> +Produces a possibly-quoted version of the value of <I>parameter</I>, +except that it prints the values of +indexed and associative arrays as a sequence of quoted key-value pairs +(see <B>Arrays</B> above). +<DT><B>a</B> + +<DD> +The expansion is a string consisting of flag values representing +<I>parameter</I>'s attributes. + +</DL> +<P> + +If +<I>parameter</I> + +is +<B>@</B> + +or +<B>*</B>, + +the operation is applied to each positional +parameter in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list. +If +<I>parameter</I> + +is an array variable subscripted with +<B>@</B> + +or +<B>*</B>, + +the operation is applied to each member of the +array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list. +<P> +The result of the expansion is subject to word splitting and pathname +expansion as described below. +</DL> + +</DL> +<A NAME="lbBC"> </A> +<H4>Command Substitution</H4> + +<I>Command substitution</I> allows the output of a command to replace +the command name. There are two forms: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<P> + +<B>$(</B><I>command</I><B>)</B> +</DL> + +or +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<B>`</B><I>command</I><B>`</B> +</DL> + +<P> + +<B>Bash</B> + +performs the expansion by executing <I>command</I> in a subshell environment +and replacing the command substitution with the standard output of the +command, with any trailing newlines deleted. +Embedded newlines are not deleted, but they may be removed during +word splitting. +The command substitution <B>$(cat </B><I>file</I>) can be replaced by +the equivalent but faster <B>$(< </B><I>file</I>). +<P> + +When the old-style backquote form of substitution is used, +backslash retains its literal meaning except when followed by +<B>$</B>, + +<B>`</B>, + +or +<B>\</B>. + +The first backquote not preceded by a backslash terminates the +command substitution. +When using the $(<I>command</I>) form, all characters between the +parentheses make up the command; none are treated specially. +<P> + +Command substitutions may be nested. To nest when using the backquoted form, +escape the inner backquotes with backslashes. +<P> + +If the substitution appears within double quotes, word splitting and +pathname expansion are not performed on the results. +<A NAME="lbBD"> </A> +<H4>Arithmetic Expansion</H4> + +Arithmetic expansion allows the evaluation of an arithmetic expression +and the substitution of the result. The format for arithmetic expansion is: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<P> + +<B>$((</B><I>expression</I><B>))</B> +</DL> + +<P> + +The +<I>expression</I> + +is treated as if it were within double quotes, but a double quote +inside the parentheses is not treated specially. +All tokens in the expression undergo parameter and variable expansion, +command substitution, and quote removal. +The result is treated as the arithmetic expression to be evaluated. +Arithmetic expansions may be nested. +<P> + +The evaluation is performed according to the rules listed below under +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>ARITHMETIC EVALUATION</B>. + +</FONT> +If +<I>expression</I> + +is invalid, +<B>bash</B> + +prints a message indicating failure and no substitution occurs. +<A NAME="lbBE"> </A> +<H4>Process Substitution</H4> + +<I>Process substitution</I> allows a process's input or output to be +referred to using a filename. +It takes the form of +<B><(</B><I>list</I><B>)</B> +or +<B>>(</B><I>list</I><B>)</B>. +The process <I>list</I> is run asynchronously, and its input or output +appears as a filename. +This filename is +passed as an argument to the current command as the result of the +expansion. +If the <B>>(</B><I>list</I><B>)</B> form is used, writing to +the file will provide input for <I>list</I>. If the +<B><(</B><I>list</I><B>)</B> form is used, the file passed as an +argument should be read to obtain the output of <I>list</I>. +Process substitution is supported on systems that support named +pipes (<I>FIFOs</I>) or the <B>/dev/fd</B> method of naming open files. +<P> + +When available, process substitution is performed +simultaneously with parameter and variable expansion, +command substitution, +and arithmetic expansion. +<A NAME="lbBF"> </A> +<H4>Word Splitting</H4> + +The shell scans the results of +parameter expansion, +command substitution, +and +arithmetic expansion +that did not occur within double quotes for +<I>word splitting</I>. + +<P> + +The shell treats each character of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>IFS</B> + +</FONT> +as a delimiter, and splits the results of the other +expansions into words using these characters as field terminators. +If +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>IFS</B> + +</FONT> +is unset, or its +value is exactly +<B><space><tab><newline></B>, + +the default, then +sequences of +<B><space></B>, + +<B><tab></B>, + +and +<B><newline></B> + +at the beginning and end of the results of the previous +expansions are ignored, and +any sequence of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>IFS</B> + +</FONT> +characters not at the beginning or end serves to delimit words. +If +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>IFS</B> + +</FONT> +has a value other than the default, then sequences of +the whitespace characters +<B>space</B>, + +<B>tab</B>, + +and +<B>newline</B> + +are ignored at the beginning and end of the +word, as long as the whitespace character is in the +value of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>IFS</B> + +</FONT> +(an +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>IFS</B> + +</FONT> +whitespace character). +Any character in +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>IFS</B> + +</FONT> +that is not +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>IFS</B> + +</FONT> +whitespace, along with any adjacent +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>IFS</B> + +</FONT> +whitespace characters, delimits a field. +A sequence of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>IFS</B> + +</FONT> +whitespace characters is also treated as a delimiter. +If the value of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>IFS</B> + +</FONT> +is null, no word splitting occurs. +<P> + +Explicit null arguments (<B>""</B> or <B>aqaq</B>) are retained +and passed to commands as empty strings. +Unquoted implicit null arguments, resulting from the expansion of +parameters that have no values, are removed. +If a parameter with no value is expanded within double quotes, a +null argument results and is retained +and passed to a command as an empty string. +When a quoted null argument appears as part of a word whose expansion is +non-null, the null argument is removed. +That is, the word +<TT>-daqaq</TT> becomes <TT>-d</TT> after word splitting and +null argument removal. +<P> + +Note that if no expansion occurs, no splitting +is performed. +<A NAME="lbBG"> </A> +<H4>Pathname Expansion</H4> + +After word splitting, +unless the +<B>-f</B> + +option has been set, +<B>bash</B> + +scans each word for the characters +<B>*</B>, + +<B>?</B>, + +and +<B>[</B>. + +If one of these characters appears, and is not quoted, then the word is +regarded as a +<I>pattern</I>, + +and replaced with an alphabetically sorted list of +filenames matching the pattern +(see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>Pattern Matching</B> + +</FONT> +below). +If no matching filenames are found, +and the shell option +<B>nullglob</B> + +is not enabled, the word is left unchanged. +If the +<B>nullglob</B> + +option is set, and no matches are found, +the word is removed. +If the +<B>failglob</B> + +shell option is set, and no matches are found, an error message +is printed and the command is not executed. +If the shell option +<B>nocaseglob</B> + +is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case +of alphabetic characters. +When a pattern is used for pathname expansion, +the character +<B>``.''</B> + +at the start of a name or immediately following a slash +must be matched explicitly, unless the shell option +<B>dotglob</B> + +is set. +The filenames +<B>``.''</B> + +and +<B>``..''</B> + +must always be matched explicitly, even if +<B>dotglob</B> + +is set. +In other cases, the +<B>``.''</B> + +character is not treated specially. +When matching a pathname, the slash character must always be +matched explicitly by a slash in the pattern, but in other matching +contexts it can be matched by a special pattern character as described +below under +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>Pattern Matching</B>. + +</FONT> +See the description of +<B>shopt</B> + +below under +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</B> + +</FONT> +for a description of the +<B>nocaseglob</B>, + +<B>nullglob</B>, + +<B>failglob</B>, + +and +<B>dotglob</B> + +shell options. +<P> + +The +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>GLOBIGNORE</B> + +</FONT> +shell variable may be used to restrict the set of file names matching a +<I>pattern</I>. + +If +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>GLOBIGNORE</B> + +</FONT> +is set, each matching file name that also matches one of the patterns in +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>GLOBIGNORE</B> + +</FONT> +is removed from the list of matches. +If the <B>nocaseglob</B> option is set, the matching against the patterns in +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>GLOBIGNORE</B> + +</FONT> +is performed without regard to case. +The filenames +<B>``.''</B> + +and +<B>``..''</B> + +are always ignored when +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>GLOBIGNORE</B> + +</FONT> +is set and not null. However, setting +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>GLOBIGNORE</B> + +</FONT> +to a non-null value has the effect of enabling the +<B>dotglob</B> + +shell option, so all other filenames beginning with a +<B>``.''</B> + +will match. +To get the old behavior of ignoring filenames beginning with a +<B>``.''</B>, + +make +<B>``.*''</B> + +one of the patterns in +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>GLOBIGNORE</B>. + +</FONT> +The +<B>dotglob</B> + +option is disabled when +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>GLOBIGNORE</B> + +</FONT> +is unset. +The pattern matching honors the setting of the <B>extglob</B> shell +option. +<P> + +<B>Pattern Matching</B> +<P> + +Any character that appears in a pattern, other than the special pattern +characters described below, matches itself. The NUL character may not +occur in a pattern. A backslash escapes the following character; the +escaping backslash is discarded when matching. +The special pattern characters must be quoted if +they are to be matched literally. +<P> + +The special pattern characters have the following meanings: +<P> + + +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>*</B> + +<DD> +Matches any string, including the null string. +When the <B>globstar</B> shell option is enabled, and <B>*</B> is used in +a pathname expansion context, two adjacent <B>*</B>s used as a single +pattern will match all files and zero or more directories and +subdirectories. +If followed by a <B>/</B>, two adjacent <B>*</B>s will match only directories +and subdirectories. +<DT><B>?</B> + +<DD> +Matches any single character. +<DT><B>[...]</B> + +<DD> +Matches any one of the enclosed characters. A pair of characters +separated by a hyphen denotes a +<I>range expression</I>; +any character that falls between those two characters, inclusive, +using the current locale's collating sequence and character set, +is matched. If the first character following the +<B>[</B> + +is a +<B>!</B> + +or a +<B>^</B> + +then any character not enclosed is matched. +The sorting order of characters in range expressions is determined by +the current locale and the values of the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>LC_COLLATE</B> + +</FONT> +or +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>LC_ALL</B> + +</FONT> +shell variables, if set. +To obtain the traditional interpretation of range expressions, where +<B>[a-d]</B> + +is equivalent to +<B>[abcd]</B>, + +set value of the +<B>LC_ALL</B> + +shell variable to +<B>C</B>, + +or enable the +<B>globasciiranges</B> + +shell option. +A +<B>-</B> + +may be matched by including it as the first or last character +in the set. +A +<B>]</B> + +may be matched by including it as the first character +in the set. +<BR> + +<P> + + +Within +<B>[</B> + +and +<B>]</B>, + +<I>character classes</I> can be specified using the syntax +<B>[:</B><I>class</I><B>:]</B>, where <I>class</I> is one of the +following classes defined in the POSIX standard: +</DL> +<P> + +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<B> +</B> + +alnum alpha ascii blank cntrl digit graph lower print punct space upper word xdigit +<BR> + +A character class matches any character belonging to that class. +The <B>word</B> character class matches letters, digits, and the character _. +<BR> + +<P> + + +Within +<B>[</B> + +and +<B>]</B>, + +an <I>equivalence class</I> can be specified using the syntax +<B>[=</B><I>c</I><B>=]</B>, which matches all characters with the +same collation weight (as defined by the current locale) as +the character <I>c</I>. +<BR> + +<P> + + +Within +<B>[</B> + +and +<B>]</B>, + +the syntax <B>[.</B><I>symbol</I><B>.]</B> matches the collating symbol +<I>symbol</I>. +</DL> + +</DL> + + +<P> + +If the <B>extglob</B> shell option is enabled using the <B>shopt</B> +builtin, several extended pattern matching operators are recognized. +In the following description, a <I>pattern-list</I> is a list of one +or more patterns separated by a <B>|</B>. +Composite patterns may be formed using one or more of the following +sub-patterns: +<P> + +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>?(</B><I>pattern-list</I><B>)</B><DD> +Matches zero or one occurrence of the given patterns +<DT><B>*(</B><I>pattern-list</I><B>)</B><DD> +Matches zero or more occurrences of the given patterns +<DT><B>+(</B><I>pattern-list</I><B>)</B><DD> +Matches one or more occurrences of the given patterns +<DT><B>@(</B><I>pattern-list</I><B>)</B><DD> +Matches one of the given patterns +<DT><B>!(</B><I>pattern-list</I><B>)</B><DD> +Matches anything except one of the given patterns +</DL></DL> + + +<P> + +Complicated extended pattern matching against long strings is slow, +especially when the patterns contain alternations and the strings +contain multiple matches. +Using separate matches against shorter strings, or using arrays of +strings instead of a single long string, may be faster. +<A NAME="lbBH"> </A> +<H4>Quote Removal</H4> + +After the preceding expansions, all unquoted occurrences of the +characters +<B>\</B>, + +<B>aq</B>, + +and <B>"</B> that did not result from one of the above +expansions are removed. +<A NAME="lbBI"> </A> +<H3>REDIRECTION</H3> + +Before a command is executed, its input and output +may be +<I>redirected</I> + +using a special notation interpreted by the shell. +Redirection allows commands' file handles to be +duplicated, opened, closed, +made to refer to different files, +and can change the files the command reads from and writes to. +Redirection may also be used to modify file handles in the +current shell execution environment. +The following redirection +operators may precede or appear anywhere within a +<I>simple command</I> + +or may follow a +<I>command</I>. + +Redirections are processed in the order they appear, from +left to right. +<P> + +Each redirection that may be preceded by a file descriptor number +may instead be preceded by a word of the form {<I>varname</I>}. +In this case, for each redirection operator except +>&- and <&-, the shell will allocate a file descriptor greater +than or equal to 10 and assign it to <I>varname</I>. +If >&- or <&- is preceded +by {<I>varname</I>}, the value of <I>varname</I> defines the file +descriptor to close. +If {<I>varname</I>} is supplied, the redirection persists beyond +the scope of the command, allowing the shell programmer to manage +the file descriptor himself. +<P> + +In the following descriptions, if the file descriptor number is +omitted, and the first character of the redirection operator is +<B><</B>, + +the redirection refers to the standard input (file descriptor +0). If the first character of the redirection operator is +<B>></B>, + +the redirection refers to the standard output (file descriptor +1). +<P> + +The word following the redirection operator in the following +descriptions, unless otherwise noted, is subjected to +brace expansion, tilde expansion, parameter and variable expansion, +command substitution, arithmetic expansion, quote removal, +pathname expansion, and word splitting. +If it expands to more than one word, +<B>bash</B> + +reports an error. +<P> + +Note that the order of redirections is significant. For example, +the command +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<P> + +ls <B>></B> dirlist 2<B>>&</B>1 +</DL> + +<P> + +directs both standard output and standard error to the file +<I>dirlist</I>, + +while the command +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<P> + +ls 2<B>>&</B>1 <B>></B> dirlist +</DL> + +<P> + +directs only the standard output to file +<I>dirlist</I>, + +because the standard error was duplicated from the standard output +before the standard output was redirected to +<I>dirlist</I>. + +<P> + +<B>Bash</B> handles several filenames specially when they are used in +redirections, as described in the following table. +If the operating system on which <B>bash</B> is running provides these +special files, bash will use them; otherwise it will emulate them +internally with the behavior described below. +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<P> + + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>/dev/fd/</B><I>fd</I> + +<DD> +If <I>fd</I> is a valid integer, file descriptor <I>fd</I> is duplicated. +<DT><B>/dev/stdin</B> + +<DD> +File descriptor 0 is duplicated. +<DT><B>/dev/stdout</B> + +<DD> +File descriptor 1 is duplicated. +<DT><B>/dev/stderr</B> + +<DD> +File descriptor 2 is duplicated. +<DT><B>/dev/tcp/</B><I>host</I>/<I>port</I> + +<DD> +If <I>host</I> is a valid hostname or Internet address, and <I>port</I> +is an integer port number or service name, <B>bash</B> attempts to open +the corresponding TCP socket. +<DT><B>/dev/udp/</B><I>host</I>/<I>port</I> + +<DD> +If <I>host</I> is a valid hostname or Internet address, and <I>port</I> +is an integer port number or service name, <B>bash</B> attempts to open +the corresponding UDP socket. + +</DL></DL> + +<P> + +A failure to open or create a file causes the redirection to fail. +<P> + +Redirections using file descriptors greater than 9 should be used with +care, as they may conflict with file descriptors the shell uses +internally. +<A NAME="lbBJ"> </A> +<H4>Redirecting Input</H4> + +Redirection of input causes the file whose name results from +the expansion of +<I>word</I> + +to be opened for reading on file descriptor +<I>n</I>, + +or the standard input (file descriptor 0) if +<I>n</I> + +is not specified. +<P> + +The general format for redirecting input is: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<P> + +[<I>n</I>]<B><</B><I>word</I> +</DL> + +<A NAME="lbBK"> </A> +<H4>Redirecting Output</H4> + +Redirection of output causes the file whose name results from +the expansion of +<I>word</I> + +to be opened for writing on file descriptor +<I>n</I>, + +or the standard output (file descriptor 1) if +<I>n</I> + +is not specified. If the file does not exist it is created; +if it does exist it is truncated to zero size. +<P> + +The general format for redirecting output is: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<P> + +[<I>n</I>]<B>></B><I>word</I> +</DL> + +<P> + +If the redirection operator is +<B>></B>, + +and the +<B>noclobber</B> + +option to the +<B>set</B> + +builtin has been enabled, the redirection will fail if the file +whose name results from the expansion of <I>word</I> exists and is +a regular file. +If the redirection operator is +<B>>|</B>, + +or the redirection operator is +<B>></B> + +and the +<B>noclobber</B> + +option to the +<B>set</B> + +builtin command is not enabled, the redirection is attempted even +if the file named by <I>word</I> exists. +<A NAME="lbBL"> </A> +<H4>Appending Redirected Output</H4> + +Redirection of output in this fashion +causes the file whose name results from +the expansion of +<I>word</I> + +to be opened for appending on file descriptor +<I>n</I>, + +or the standard output (file descriptor 1) if +<I>n</I> + +is not specified. If the file does not exist it is created. +<P> + +The general format for appending output is: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<P> + +[<I>n</I>]<B>>></B><I>word</I> +</DL> + +<A NAME="lbBM"> </A> +<H4>Redirecting Standard Output and Standard Error</H4> + +This construct allows both the +standard output (file descriptor 1) and +the standard error output (file descriptor 2) +to be redirected to the file whose name is the +expansion of +<I>word</I>. + +<P> + +There are two formats for redirecting standard output and +standard error: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<P> + +<B>&></B><I>word</I> +</DL> + +and +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<B>>&</B><I>word</I> +</DL> + +<P> + +Of the two forms, the first is preferred. +This is semantically equivalent to +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<P> + +<B>></B><I>word</I> 2<B>>&</B>1 +</DL> + +<P> + +When using the second form, <I>word</I> may not expand to a number or +<B>-</B>. If it does, other redirection operators apply +(see <B>Duplicating File Descriptors</B> below) for compatibility +reasons. +<A NAME="lbBN"> </A> +<H4>Appending Standard Output and Standard Error</H4> + +This construct allows both the +standard output (file descriptor 1) and +the standard error output (file descriptor 2) +to be appended to the file whose name is the +expansion of +<I>word</I>. + +<P> + +The format for appending standard output and standard error is: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<P> + +<B>&>></B><I>word</I> +</DL> + +<P> + +This is semantically equivalent to +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<P> + +<B>>></B><I>word</I> 2<B>>&</B>1 +</DL> + +<P> + +(see <B>Duplicating File Descriptors</B> below). +<A NAME="lbBO"> </A> +<H4>Here Documents</H4> + +This type of redirection instructs the shell to read input from the +current source until a line containing only +<I>delimiter</I> + +(with no trailing blanks) +is seen. All of +the lines read up to that point are then used as the standard +input (or file descriptor <I>n</I> if <I>n</I> is specified) for a command. +<P> + +The format of here-documents is: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<P> + +<PRE> +[<I>n</I>]<B><<</B>[<B>-</B>]<I>word</I> + <I>here-document</I> +<I>delimiter</I> +</PRE> + +</DL> + +<P> + +No parameter and variable expansion, command substitution, +arithmetic expansion, or pathname expansion is performed on +<I>word</I>. + +If any part of +<I>word</I> + +is quoted, the +<I>delimiter</I> + +is the result of quote removal on +<I>word</I>, + +and the lines in the here-document are not expanded. +If <I>word</I> is unquoted, +all lines of the here-document are subjected to +parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic expansion, +the character sequence +<B>\<newline></B> + +is ignored, and +<B>\</B> + +must be used to quote the characters +<B>\</B>, + +<B>$</B>, + +and +<B>`</B>. + +<P> + +If the redirection operator is +<B><<-</B>, + +then all leading tab characters are stripped from input lines and the +line containing +<I>delimiter</I>. + +This allows +here-documents within shell scripts to be indented in a +natural fashion. +<A NAME="lbBP"> </A> +<H4>Here Strings</H4> + +A variant of here documents, the format is: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<P> + +<PRE> +[<I>n</I>]<B><<<</B><I>word</I> +</PRE> + +</DL> + +<P> + +The <I>word</I> undergoes +tilde expansion, parameter and variable expansion, +command substitution, arithmetic expansion, and quote removal. +Pathname expansion and word splitting are not performed. +The result is supplied as a single string, with a newline appended, +to the command on its +standard input (or file descriptor <I>n</I> if <I>n</I> is specified). +<A NAME="lbBQ"> </A> +<H4>Duplicating File Descriptors</H4> + +The redirection operator +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<P> + +[<I>n</I>]<B><&</B><I>word</I> +</DL> + +<P> + +is used to duplicate input file descriptors. +If +<I>word</I> + +expands to one or more digits, the file descriptor denoted by +<I>n</I> + +is made to be a copy of that file descriptor. +If the digits in +<I>word</I> + +do not specify a file descriptor open for input, a redirection error occurs. +If +<I>word</I> + +evaluates to +<B>-</B>, + +file descriptor +<I>n</I> + +is closed. If +<I>n</I> + +is not specified, the standard input (file descriptor 0) is used. +<P> + +The operator +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<P> + +[<I>n</I>]<B>>&</B><I>word</I> +</DL> + +<P> + +is used similarly to duplicate output file descriptors. If +<I>n</I> + +is not specified, the standard output (file descriptor 1) is used. +If the digits in +<I>word</I> + +do not specify a file descriptor open for output, a redirection error occurs. +If +<I>word</I> + +evaluates to +<B>-</B>, + +file descriptor +<I>n</I> + +is closed. +As a special case, if <I>n</I> is omitted, and <I>word</I> does not +expand to one or more digits or <B>-</B>, the standard output and standard +error are redirected as described previously. +<A NAME="lbBR"> </A> +<H4>Moving File Descriptors</H4> + +The redirection operator +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<P> + +[<I>n</I>]<B><&</B><I>digit</I><B>-</B> +</DL> + +<P> + +moves the file descriptor <I>digit</I> to file descriptor +<I>n</I>, + +or the standard input (file descriptor 0) if <I>n</I> is not specified. +<I>digit</I> is closed after being duplicated to <I>n</I>. +<P> + +Similarly, the redirection operator +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<P> + +[<I>n</I>]<B>>&</B><I>digit</I><B>-</B> +</DL> + +<P> + +moves the file descriptor <I>digit</I> to file descriptor +<I>n</I>, + +or the standard output (file descriptor 1) if <I>n</I> is not specified. +<A NAME="lbBS"> </A> +<H4>Opening File Descriptors for Reading and Writing</H4> + +The redirection operator +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<P> + +[<I>n</I>]<B><></B><I>word</I> +</DL> + +<P> + +causes the file whose name is the expansion of +<I>word</I> + +to be opened for both reading and writing on file descriptor +<I>n</I>, + +or on file descriptor 0 if +<I>n</I> + +is not specified. If the file does not exist, it is created. +<A NAME="lbBT"> </A> +<H3>ALIASES</H3> + +<I>Aliases</I> allow a string to be substituted for a word when it is used +as the first word of a simple command. +The shell maintains a list of aliases that may be set and unset with the +<B>alias</B> + +and +<B>unalias</B> + +builtin commands (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</B> + +</FONT> +below). +The first word of each simple command, if unquoted, +is checked to see if it has an +alias. If so, that word is replaced by the text of the alias. +The characters <B>/</B>, <B>$</B>, <B>`</B>, and <B>=</B> and +any of the shell <I>metacharacters</I> or quoting characters +listed above may not appear in an alias name. +The replacement text may contain any valid shell input, +including shell metacharacters. +The first word of the replacement text is tested +for aliases, but a word that is identical to an alias being expanded +is not expanded a second time. +This means that one may alias +<B>ls</B> + +to +<B>ls -F</B>, + +for instance, and +<B>bash</B> + +does not try to recursively expand the replacement text. +If the last character of the alias value is a +<I>blank</I>, + +then the next command +word following the alias is also checked for alias expansion. +<P> + +Aliases are created and listed with the +<B>alias</B> + +command, and removed with the +<B>unalias</B> + +command. +<P> + +There is no mechanism for using arguments in the replacement text. +If arguments are needed, a shell function should be used (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>FUNCTIONS</B> + +</FONT> +below). +<P> + +Aliases are not expanded when the shell is not interactive, unless +the +<B>expand_aliases</B> + +shell option is set using +<B>shopt</B> + +(see the description of +<B>shopt</B> + +under +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</B></FONT> +below). +<P> + +The rules concerning the definition and use of aliases are +somewhat confusing. +<B>Bash</B> + +always reads at least one complete line of input, +and all lines that make up a compound command, +before executing any of the commands on that line or the compound command. +Aliases are expanded when a +command is read, not when it is executed. Therefore, an +alias definition appearing on the same line as another +command does not take effect until the next line of input is read. +The commands following the alias definition +on that line are not affected by the new alias. +This behavior is also an issue when functions are executed. +Aliases are expanded when a function definition is read, +not when the function is executed, because a function definition +is itself a command. As a consequence, aliases +defined in a function are not available until after that +function is executed. To be safe, always put +alias definitions on a separate line, and do not use +<B>alias</B> + +in compound commands. +<P> + +For almost every purpose, aliases are superseded by +shell functions. +<A NAME="lbBU"> </A> +<H3>FUNCTIONS</H3> + +A shell function, defined as described above under +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL GRAMMAR</B>, + +</FONT> +stores a series of commands for later execution. +When the name of a shell function is used as a simple command name, +the list of commands associated with that function name is executed. +Functions are executed in the context of the +current shell; no new process is created to interpret +them (contrast this with the execution of a shell script). +When a function is executed, the arguments to the +function become the positional parameters +during its execution. +The special parameter +<B>#</B> + +is updated to reflect the change. Special parameter <B>0</B> +is unchanged. +The first element of the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>FUNCNAME</B> + +</FONT> +variable is set to the name of the function while the function +is executing. +<P> + +All other aspects of the shell execution +environment are identical between a function and its caller +with these exceptions: the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>DEBUG</B> + +</FONT> +and +<B>RETURN</B> + +traps (see the description of the +<B>trap</B> + +builtin under +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</B> + +</FONT> +below) are not inherited unless the function has been given the +<B>trace</B> attribute (see the description of the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>declare</B> + +</FONT> +builtin below) or the +<B>-o functrace</B> shell option has been enabled with +the <B>set</B> builtin +(in which case all functions inherit the <B>DEBUG</B> and <B>RETURN</B> traps), +and the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>ERR</B> + +</FONT> +trap is not inherited unless the <B>-o errtrace</B> shell option has +been enabled. +<P> + +Variables local to the function may be declared with the +<B>local</B> + +builtin command. Ordinarily, variables and their values +are shared between the function and its caller. +If a variable is declared <B>local</B>, the variable's visible scope +is restricted to that function and its children (including the functions +it calls). +Local variables "shadow" variables with the same name declared at +previous scopes. +For instance, a local variable declared in a function +hides a global variable of the same name: references and assignments +refer to the local variable, leaving the global variable unmodified. +When the function returns, the global variable is once again visible. +<P> + +The shell uses <I>dynamic scoping</I> to control a variable's visibility +within functions. +With dynamic scoping, visible variables and their values +are a result of the sequence of function calls that caused execution +to reach the current function. +The value of a variable that a function sees depends +on its value within its caller, if any, whether that caller is +the "global" scope or another shell function. +This is also the value that a local variable +declaration "shadows", and the value that is restored when the function +returns. +<P> + +For example, if a variable <I>var</I> is declared as local in function +<I>func1</I>, and <I>func1</I> calls another function <I>func2</I>, +references to <I>var</I> made from within <I>func2</I> will resolve to the +local variable <I>var</I> from <I>func1</I>, shadowing any global variable +named <I>var</I>. +<P> + +The <B>unset</B> builtin also acts using the same dynamic scope: if a +variable is local to the current scope, <B>unset</B> will unset it; +otherwise the unset will refer to the variable found in any calling scope +as described above. +If a variable at the current local scope is unset, it will remain so +until it is reset in that scope or until the function returns. +Once the function returns, any instance of the variable at a previous +scope will become visible. +If the unset acts on a variable at a previous scope, any instance of a +variable with that name that had been shadowed will become visible. +<P> + +The <B>FUNCNEST</B> variable, if set to a numeric value greater +than 0, defines a maximum function nesting level. Function +invocations that exceed the limit cause the entire command to +abort. +<P> + +If the builtin command +<B>return</B> + +is executed in a function, the function completes and +execution resumes with the next command after the function +call. +Any command associated with the <B>RETURN</B> trap is executed +before execution resumes. +When a function completes, the values of the +positional parameters and the special parameter +<B>#</B> + +are restored to the values they had prior to the function's +execution. +<P> + +Function names and definitions may be listed with the +<B>-f</B> + +option to the +<B>declare</B> + +or +<B>typeset</B> + +builtin commands. The +<B>-F</B> + +option to +<B>declare</B> + +or +<B>typeset</B> + +will list the function names only +(and optionally the source file and line number, if the <B>extdebug</B> +shell option is enabled). +Functions may be exported so that subshells +automatically have them defined with the +<B>-f</B> + +option to the +<B>export</B> + +builtin. +A function definition may be deleted using the <B>-f</B> option to +the +<B>unset</B> + +builtin. +<P> + +Functions may be recursive. +The <B>FUNCNEST</B> variable may be used to limit the depth of the +function call stack and restrict the number of function invocations. +By default, no limit is imposed on the number of recursive calls. +<A NAME="lbBV"> </A> +<H3>ARITHMETIC EVALUATION</H3> + +The shell allows arithmetic expressions to be evaluated, under +certain circumstances (see the <B>let</B> and <B>declare</B> builtin +commands, the <B>((</B> compound command, and <B>Arithmetic Expansion</B>). +Evaluation is done in fixed-width integers with no check for overflow, +though division by 0 is trapped and flagged as an error. +The operators and their precedence, associativity, and values +are the same as in the C language. +The following list of operators is grouped into levels of +equal-precedence operators. +The levels are listed in order of decreasing precedence. +<P> + + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B></B><I>id</I>++ <I>id</I>-- + +<DD> +variable post-increment and post-decrement +<DT><B>- +</B> + +<DD> +unary minus and plus +<DT><B>++</B><I>id</I> --<I>id</I> + +<DD> +variable pre-increment and pre-decrement +<DT><B>! ~</B> + +<DD> +logical and bitwise negation +<DT><B>**</B> + +<DD> +exponentiation +<DT><B>* / %</B> + +<DD> +multiplication, division, remainder +<DT><B>+ -</B> + +<DD> +addition, subtraction +<DT><B><< >></B> + +<DD> +left and right bitwise shifts +<DT><B><= >= < ></B> + +<DD> +comparison +<DT><B>== !=</B> + +<DD> +equality and inequality +<DT><B>&</B> + +<DD> +bitwise AND +<DT><B>^</B> + +<DD> +bitwise exclusive OR +<DT><B>|</B> + +<DD> +bitwise OR +<DT><B>&&</B> + +<DD> +logical AND +<DT><B>||</B> + +<DD> +logical OR +<DT><B></B><I>expr</I>?<I>expr</I>:<I>expr</I> + +<DD> +conditional operator +<DT><B>= *= /= %= += -= <<= >>= &= ^= |=</B> + +<DD> +assignment +<DT><B></B><I>expr1</I> , <I>expr2</I> + +<DD> +comma + +</DL> +<P> + +Shell variables are allowed as operands; parameter expansion is +performed before the expression is evaluated. +Within an expression, shell variables may also be referenced by name +without using the parameter expansion syntax. +A shell variable that is null or unset evaluates to 0 when referenced +by name without using the parameter expansion syntax. +The value of a variable is evaluated as an arithmetic expression +when it is referenced, or when a variable which has been given the +<I>integer</I> attribute using <B>declare -i</B> is assigned a value. +A null value evaluates to 0. +A shell variable need not have its <I>integer</I> attribute +turned on to be used in an expression. +<P> + +Integer constants follow the C language definition, without suffixes or +character constants. +Constants with a leading 0 are interpreted as octal numbers. +A leading 0x or 0X denotes hexadecimal. +Otherwise, numbers take the form [<I>base#</I>]n, where the optional <I>base</I> +is a decimal number between 2 and 64 representing the arithmetic +base, and <I>n</I> is a number in that base. +If <I>base#</I> is omitted, then base 10 is used. +When specifying <I>n</I>, +if a non-digit is required, +the digits greater than 9 are represented by the lowercase letters, +the uppercase letters, @, and _, in that order. +If <I>base</I> is less than or equal to 36, lowercase and uppercase +letters may be used interchangeably to represent numbers between 10 +and 35. +<P> + +Operators are evaluated in order of precedence. Sub-expressions in +parentheses are evaluated first and may override the precedence +rules above. +<A NAME="lbBW"> </A> +<H3>CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS</H3> + +Conditional expressions are used by the <B>[[</B> compound command and +the <B>test</B> and <B>[</B> builtin commands to test file attributes +and perform string and arithmetic comparisons. +The <B>test</B> and <B>[</B> commands determine their behavior based on +the number of arguments; see the descriptions of those commands for any +other command-specific actions. +<P> + +Expressions are formed from the following unary or binary primaries. +<B>Bash</B> handles several filenames specially when they are used in +expressions. +If the operating system on which <B>bash</B> is running provides these +special files, bash will use them; otherwise it will emulate them +internally with this behavior: +If any <I>file</I> argument to one of the primaries is of the form +<I>/dev/fd/n</I>, then file descriptor <I>n</I> is checked. +If the <I>file</I> argument to one of the primaries is one of +<I>/dev/stdin</I>, <I>/dev/stdout</I>, or <I>/dev/stderr</I>, file +descriptor 0, 1, or 2, respectively, is checked. +<P> + +Unless otherwise specified, primaries that operate on files follow symbolic +links and operate on the target of the link, rather than the link itself. +<P> + + +When used with <B>[[</B>, the <B><</B> and <B>></B> operators sort +lexicographically using the current locale. +The <B>test</B> command sorts using ASCII ordering. +<P> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>-a </B><I>file</I> + +<DD> +True if <I>file</I> exists. +<DT><B>-b </B><I>file</I> + +<DD> +True if <I>file</I> exists and is a block special file. +<DT><B>-c </B><I>file</I> + +<DD> +True if <I>file</I> exists and is a character special file. +<DT><B>-d </B><I>file</I> + +<DD> +True if <I>file</I> exists and is a directory. +<DT><B>-e </B><I>file</I> + +<DD> +True if <I>file</I> exists. +<DT><B>-f </B><I>file</I> + +<DD> +True if <I>file</I> exists and is a regular file. +<DT><B>-g </B><I>file</I> + +<DD> +True if <I>file</I> exists and is set-group-id. +<DT><B>-h </B><I>file</I> + +<DD> +True if <I>file</I> exists and is a symbolic link. +<DT><B>-k </B><I>file</I> + +<DD> +True if <I>file</I> exists and its ``sticky'' bit is set. +<DT><B>-p </B><I>file</I> + +<DD> +True if <I>file</I> exists and is a named pipe (FIFO). +<DT><B>-r </B><I>file</I> + +<DD> +True if <I>file</I> exists and is readable. +<DT><B>-s </B><I>file</I> + +<DD> +True if <I>file</I> exists and has a size greater than zero. +<DT><B>-t </B><I>fd</I> + +<DD> +True if file descriptor +<I>fd</I> + +is open and refers to a terminal. +<DT><B>-u </B><I>file</I> + +<DD> +True if <I>file</I> exists and its set-user-id bit is set. +<DT><B>-w </B><I>file</I> + +<DD> +True if <I>file</I> exists and is writable. +<DT><B>-x </B><I>file</I> + +<DD> +True if <I>file</I> exists and is executable. +<DT><B>-G </B><I>file</I> + +<DD> +True if <I>file</I> exists and is owned by the effective group id. +<DT><B>-L </B><I>file</I> + +<DD> +True if <I>file</I> exists and is a symbolic link. +<DT><B>-N </B><I>file</I> + +<DD> +True if <I>file</I> exists and has been modified since it was last read. +<DT><B>-O </B><I>file</I> + +<DD> +True if <I>file</I> exists and is owned by the effective user id. +<DT><B>-S </B><I>file</I> + +<DD> +True if <I>file</I> exists and is a socket. +<DT><I>file1</I> <B>-ef</B> <I>file2</I><DD> +True if <I>file1</I> and <I>file2</I> refer to the same device and +inode numbers. +<DT><I>file1</I> -<B>nt</B> <I>file2</I><DD> +True if <I>file1</I> is newer (according to modification date) than <I>file2</I>, +or if <I>file1</I> exists and file2 does not. +<DT><I>file1</I> -<B>ot</B> <I>file2</I><DD> +True if <I>file1</I> is older than <I>file2</I>, or if <I>file2</I> exists +and <I>file1</I> does not. +<DT><B>-o </B><I>optname</I> + +<DD> +True if the shell option +<I>optname</I> + +is enabled. +See the list of options under the description of the +<B>-o</B> + +option to the +<B>set</B> + +builtin below. +<DT><B>-v </B><I>varname</I> + +<DD> +True if the shell variable +<I>varname</I> + +is set (has been assigned a value). +<DT><B>-R </B><I>varname</I> + +<DD> +True if the shell variable +<I>varname</I> + +is set and is a name reference. +<DT><B>-z </B><I>string</I> + +<DD> +True if the length of <I>string</I> is zero. +<DT><I>string</I><DD> + +<DT><B>-n </B><I>string</I> + +<DD> + +True if the length of +<I>string</I> + +is non-zero. +<DT><I>string1</I> <B>==</B> <I>string2</I><DD> + +<DT><I>string1</I> <B>=</B> <I>string2</I><DD> + +True if the strings are equal. <B>=</B> should be used +with the <B>test</B> command for POSIX conformance. +When used with the <B>[[</B> command, this performs pattern matching as +described above (<B>Compound Commands</B>). +<DT><I>string1</I> <B>!=</B> <I>string2</I><DD> +True if the strings are not equal. +<DT><I>string1</I> <B><</B> <I>string2</I><DD> +True if <I>string1</I> sorts before <I>string2</I> lexicographically. +<DT><I>string1</I> <B>></B> <I>string2</I><DD> +True if <I>string1</I> sorts after <I>string2</I> lexicographically. +<DT><I>arg1</I> <B>OP</B> <I>arg2</I> + +<DD> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>OP</B> + +</FONT> +is one of +<B>-eq</B>, + +<B>-ne</B>, + +<B>-lt</B>, + +<B>-le</B>, + +<B>-gt</B>, + +or +<B>-ge</B>. + +These arithmetic binary operators return true if <I>arg1</I> +is equal to, not equal to, less than, less than or equal to, +greater than, or greater than or equal to <I>arg2</I>, respectively. +<I>Arg1</I> + +and +<I>arg2</I> + +may be positive or negative integers. +When used with the <B>[[</B> command, +<I>Arg1</I> + +and +<I>Arg2</I> + +are evaluated as arithmetic expressions (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>ARITHMETIC EVALUATION</B> + +</FONT> +above). + +</DL> +<A NAME="lbBX"> </A> +<H3>SIMPLE COMMAND EXPANSION</H3> + +When a simple command is executed, the shell performs the following +expansions, assignments, and redirections, from left to right, in +the following order. +<DL COMPACT> +<DT>1.<DD> +The words that the parser has marked as variable assignments (those +preceding the command name) and redirections are saved for later +processing. +<DT>2.<DD> +The words that are not variable assignments or redirections are +expanded. If any words remain after expansion, the first word +is taken to be the name of the command and the remaining words are +the arguments. +<DT>3.<DD> +Redirections are performed as described above under +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>REDIRECTION</B>. + +</FONT> +<DT>4.<DD> +The text after the <B>=</B> in each variable assignment undergoes tilde +expansion, parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion, +and quote removal before being assigned to the variable. +</DL> +<P> + +If no command name results, the variable assignments affect the current +shell environment. Otherwise, the variables are added to the environment +of the executed command and do not affect the current shell environment. +If any of the assignments attempts to assign a value to a readonly variable, +an error occurs, and the command exits with a non-zero status. +<P> + +If no command name results, redirections are performed, but do not +affect the current shell environment. A redirection error causes the +command to exit with a non-zero status. +<P> + +If there is a command name left after expansion, execution proceeds as +described below. Otherwise, the command exits. If one of the expansions +contained a command substitution, the exit status of the command is +the exit status of the last command substitution performed. If there +were no command substitutions, the command exits with a status of zero. +<A NAME="lbBY"> </A> +<H3>COMMAND EXECUTION</H3> + +After a command has been split into words, if it results in a +simple command and an optional list of arguments, the following +actions are taken. +<P> + +If the command name contains no slashes, the shell attempts to +locate it. If there exists a shell function by that name, that +function is invoked as described above in +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>FUNCTIONS</B>. + +</FONT> +If the name does not match a function, the shell searches for +it in the list of shell builtins. If a match is found, that +builtin is invoked. +<P> + +If the name is neither a shell function nor a builtin, +and contains no slashes, +<B>bash</B> + +searches each element of the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PATH</B> + +</FONT> +for a directory containing an executable file by that name. +<B>Bash</B> + +uses a hash table to remember the full pathnames of executable +files (see +<B>hash</B> + +under +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</B> + +</FONT> +below). +A full search of the directories in +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PATH</B> + +</FONT> +is performed only if the command is not found in the hash table. +If the search is unsuccessful, the shell searches for a defined shell +function named <B>command_not_found_handle</B>. +If that function exists, it is invoked in a separate execution environment +with the original command and +the original command's arguments as its arguments, and the function's +exit status becomes the exit status of that subshell. +If that function is not defined, the shell prints an error +message and returns an exit status of 127. +<P> + +If the search is successful, or if the command name contains +one or more slashes, the shell executes the named program in a +separate execution environment. +Argument 0 is set to the name given, and the remaining arguments +to the command are set to the arguments given, if any. +<P> + +If this execution fails because the file is not in executable +format, and the file is not a directory, it is assumed to be +a <I>shell script</I>, a file +containing shell commands. A subshell is spawned to execute +it. This subshell reinitializes itself, so +that the effect is as if a new shell had been invoked +to handle the script, with the exception that the locations of +commands remembered by the parent (see +<B>hash</B> + +below under +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</B>)</FONT> +are retained by the child. +<P> + +If the program is a file beginning with +<B>#!</B>, + +the remainder of the first line specifies an interpreter +for the program. The shell executes the +specified interpreter on operating systems that do not +handle this executable format themselves. The arguments to the +interpreter consist of a single optional argument following the +interpreter name on the first line of the program, followed +by the name of the program, followed by the command +arguments, if any. +<A NAME="lbBZ"> </A> +<H3>COMMAND EXECUTION ENVIRONMENT</H3> + +The shell has an <I>execution environment</I>, which consists of the +following: +<DL COMPACT> +<DT>*<DD> +open files inherited by the shell at invocation, as modified by +redirections supplied to the <B>exec</B> builtin +<DT>*<DD> +the current working directory as set by <B>cd</B>, <B>pushd</B>, or +<B>popd</B>, or inherited by the shell at invocation +<DT>*<DD> +the file creation mode mask as set by <B>umask</B> or inherited from +the shell's parent +<DT>*<DD> +current traps set by <B>trap</B> +<DT>*<DD> +shell parameters that are set by variable assignment or with <B>set</B> +or inherited from the shell's parent in the environment +<DT>*<DD> +shell functions defined during execution or inherited from the shell's +parent in the environment +<DT>*<DD> +options enabled at invocation (either by default or with command-line +arguments) or by <B>set</B> +<DT>*<DD> +options enabled by <B>shopt</B> +<DT>*<DD> +shell aliases defined with <B>alias</B> +<DT>*<DD> +various process IDs, including those of background jobs, the value +of <B>$$</B>, and the value of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PPID</B> + +</FONT> +</DL> +<P> + +When a simple command other than a builtin or shell function +is to be executed, it +is invoked in a separate execution environment that consists of +the following. Unless otherwise noted, the values are inherited +from the shell. + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT>*<DD> +the shell's open files, plus any modifications and additions specified +by redirections to the command +<DT>*<DD> +the current working directory +<DT>*<DD> +the file creation mode mask +<DT>*<DD> +shell variables and functions marked for export, along with variables +exported for the command, passed in the environment +<DT>*<DD> +traps caught by the shell are reset to the values inherited from the +shell's parent, and traps ignored by the shell are ignored +</DL> +<P> + +A command invoked in this separate environment cannot affect the +shell's execution environment. +<P> + +Command substitution, commands grouped with parentheses, +and asynchronous commands are invoked in a +subshell environment that is a duplicate of the shell environment, +except that traps caught by the shell are reset to the values +that the shell inherited from its parent at invocation. Builtin +commands that are invoked as part of a pipeline are also executed in a +subshell environment. Changes made to the subshell environment +cannot affect the shell's execution environment. +<P> + +Subshells spawned to execute command substitutions inherit the value of +the <B>-e</B> option from the parent shell. When not in <I>posix mode</I>, +<B>bash</B> clears the <B>-e</B> option in such subshells. +<P> + +If a command is followed by a <B>&</B> and job control is not active, the +default standard input for the command is the empty file <I>/dev/null</I>. +Otherwise, the invoked command inherits the file descriptors of the calling +shell as modified by redirections. +<A NAME="lbCA"> </A> +<H3>ENVIRONMENT</H3> + +When a program is invoked it is given an array of strings +called the +<I>environment</I>. + +This is a list of +<I>name</I>-<I>value</I> pairs, of the form +<I>name</I>=value. + +<P> + +The shell provides several ways to manipulate the environment. +On invocation, the shell scans its own environment and +creates a parameter for each name found, automatically marking +it for +<I>export</I> + +to child processes. Executed commands inherit the environment. +The +<B>export</B> + +and +<B>declare -x</B> + +commands allow parameters and functions to be added to and +deleted from the environment. If the value of a parameter +in the environment is modified, the new value becomes part +of the environment, replacing the old. The environment +inherited by any executed command consists of the shell's +initial environment, whose values may be modified in the shell, +less any pairs removed by the +<B>unset</B> + +command, plus any additions via the +<B>export</B> + +and +<B>declare -x</B> + +commands. +<P> + +The environment for any +<I>simple command</I> + +or function may be augmented temporarily by prefixing it with +parameter assignments, as described above in +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PARAMETERS</B>. + +</FONT> +These assignment statements affect only the environment seen +by that command. +<P> + +If the +<B>-k</B> + +option is set (see the +<B>set</B> + +builtin command below), then +<I>all</I> + +parameter assignments are placed in the environment for a command, +not just those that precede the command name. +<P> + +When +<B>bash</B> + +invokes an external command, the variable +<B>_</B> + +is set to the full filename of the command and passed to that +command in its environment. +<A NAME="lbCB"> </A> +<H3>EXIT STATUS</H3> + +The exit status of an executed command is the value returned by the +<I>waitpid</I> system call or equivalent function. Exit statuses +fall between 0 and 255, though, as explained below, the shell may +use values above 125 specially. Exit statuses from shell builtins and +compound commands are also limited to this range. Under certain +circumstances, the shell will use special values to indicate specific +failure modes. +<P> + +For the shell's purposes, a command which exits with a +zero exit status has succeeded. An exit status of zero +indicates success. A non-zero exit status indicates failure. +When a command terminates on a fatal signal <I>N</I>, <B>bash</B> uses +the value of 128+<I>N</I> as the exit status. +<P> + +If a command is not found, the child process created to +execute it returns a status of 127. If a command is found +but is not executable, the return status is 126. +<P> + +If a command fails because of an error during expansion or redirection, +the exit status is greater than zero. +<P> + +Shell builtin commands return a status of 0 (<I>true</I>) if +successful, and non-zero (<I>false</I>) if an error occurs +while they execute. +All builtins return an exit status of 2 to indicate incorrect usage, +generally invalid options or missing arguments. +<P> + +<B>Bash</B> itself returns the exit status of the last command +executed, unless a syntax error occurs, in which case it exits +with a non-zero value. See also the <B>exit</B> builtin +command below. +<A NAME="lbCC"> </A> +<H3>SIGNALS</H3> + +When <B>bash</B> is interactive, in the absence of any traps, it ignores +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SIGTERM</B> + +</FONT> +(so that <B>kill 0</B> does not kill an interactive shell), +and +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SIGINT</B> + +</FONT> +is caught and handled (so that the <B>wait</B> builtin is interruptible). +In all cases, <B>bash</B> ignores +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SIGQUIT</B>. + +</FONT> +If job control is in effect, +<B>bash</B> + +ignores +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SIGTTIN</B>, + +</FONT> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SIGTTOU</B>, + +</FONT> +and +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SIGTSTP</B>. + +</FONT> +<P> + +Non-builtin commands run by <B>bash</B> have signal handlers +set to the values inherited by the shell from its parent. +When job control is not in effect, asynchronous commands +ignore +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SIGINT</B> + +</FONT> +and +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SIGQUIT</B> + +</FONT> +in addition to these inherited handlers. +Commands run as a result of command substitution ignore the +keyboard-generated job control signals +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SIGTTIN</B>, + +</FONT> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SIGTTOU</B>, + +</FONT> +and +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SIGTSTP</B>. + +</FONT> +<P> + +The shell exits by default upon receipt of a +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SIGHUP</B>. + +</FONT> +Before exiting, an interactive shell resends the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SIGHUP</B> + +</FONT> +to all jobs, running or stopped. +Stopped jobs are sent +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SIGCONT</B> + +</FONT> +to ensure that they receive the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SIGHUP</B>. + +</FONT> +To prevent the shell from +sending the signal to a particular job, it should be removed from the +jobs table with the +<B>disown</B> + +builtin (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</B> + +</FONT> +below) or marked +to not receive +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SIGHUP</B> + +</FONT> +using +<B>disown -h</B>. + +<P> + +If the +<B>huponexit</B> + +shell option has been set with +<B>shopt</B>, + +<B>bash</B> + +sends a +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SIGHUP</B> + +</FONT> +to all jobs when an interactive login shell exits. +<P> + +If <B>bash</B> is waiting for a command to complete and receives a signal +for which a trap has been set, the trap will not be executed until +the command completes. +When <B>bash</B> is waiting for an asynchronous command via the <B>wait</B> +builtin, the reception of a signal for which a trap has been set will +cause the <B>wait</B> builtin to return immediately with an exit status +greater than 128, immediately after which the trap is executed. +<A NAME="lbCD"> </A> +<H3>JOB CONTROL</H3> + +<I>Job control</I> + +refers to the ability to selectively stop (<I>suspend</I>) +the execution of processes and continue (<I>resume</I>) +their execution at a later point. A user typically employs +this facility via an interactive interface supplied jointly +by the operating system kernel's terminal driver and +<B>bash</B>. + +<P> + +The shell associates a +<I>job</I> + +with each pipeline. It keeps a table of currently executing +jobs, which may be listed with the +<B>jobs</B> + +command. When +<B>bash</B> + +starts a job asynchronously (in the +<I>background</I>), + +it prints a line that looks like: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<P> + +[1] 25647 +</DL> + +<P> + +indicating that this job is job number 1 and that the process ID +of the last process in the pipeline associated with this job is 25647. +All of the processes in a single pipeline are members of the same job. +<B>Bash</B> + +uses the +<I>job</I> + +abstraction as the basis for job control. +<P> + +To facilitate the implementation of the user interface to job +control, the operating system maintains the notion of a <I>current terminal +process group ID</I>. Members of this process group (processes whose +process group ID is equal to the current terminal process group ID) +receive keyboard-generated signals such as +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SIGINT</B>. + +</FONT> +These processes are said to be in the +<I>foreground</I>. + +<I>Background</I> + +processes are those whose process group ID differs from the terminal's; +such processes are immune to keyboard-generated signals. +Only foreground processes are allowed to read from or, if the +user so specifies with <TT>stty tostop</TT>, write to the +terminal. +Background processes which attempt to read from (write to when +<TT>stty tostop</TT> is in effect) the +terminal are sent a +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SIGTTIN (SIGTTOU)</B> + +</FONT> +signal by the kernel's terminal driver, +which, unless caught, suspends the process. +<P> + +If the operating system on which +<B>bash</B> + +is running supports +job control, +<B>bash</B> + +contains facilities to use it. +Typing the +<I>suspend</I> + +character (typically +<B>^Z</B>, + +Control-Z) while a process is running +causes that process to be stopped and returns control to +<B>bash</B>. + +Typing the +<I>delayed suspend</I> + +character (typically +<B>^Y</B>, + +Control-Y) causes the process to be stopped when it +attempts to read input from the terminal, and control to +be returned to +<B>bash</B>. + +The user may then manipulate the state of this job, using the +<B>bg</B> + +command to continue it in the background, the +<B>fg</B> + +command to continue it in the foreground, or +the +<B>kill</B> + +command to kill it. A <B>^Z</B> takes effect immediately, +and has the additional side effect of causing pending output +and typeahead to be discarded. +<P> + +There are a number of ways to refer to a job in the shell. +The character +<B>%</B> + +introduces a job specification (<I>jobspec</I>). Job number +<I>n</I> + +may be referred to as +<B>%n</B>. + +A job may also be referred to using a prefix of the name used to +start it, or using a substring that appears in its command line. +For example, +<B>%ce</B> + +refers to a stopped +job whose command name begins with +<B>ce</B>. + +If a prefix matches more than one job, +<B>bash</B> + +reports an error. Using +<B>%?ce</B>, + +on the other hand, refers to any job containing the string +<B>ce</B> + +in its command line. If the substring matches more than one job, +<B>bash</B> + +reports an error. The symbols +<B>%%</B> + +and +<B>%+</B> + +refer to the shell's notion of the +<I>current job</I>, + +which is the last job stopped while it was in +the foreground or started in the background. +The +<I>previous job</I> + +may be referenced using +<B>%-</B>. + +If there is only a single job, <B>%+</B> and <B>%-</B> can both be used +to refer to that job. +In output pertaining to jobs (e.g., the output of the +<B>jobs</B> + +command), the current job is always flagged with a +<B>+</B>, + +and the previous job with a +<B>-</B>. + +A single % (with no accompanying job specification) also refers to the +current job. +<P> + +Simply naming a job can be used to bring it into the +foreground: +<B>%1</B> + +is a synonym for +<B>``fg %1''</B>, +bringing job 1 from the background into the foreground. +Similarly, +<B>``%1 &''</B> + +resumes job 1 in the background, equivalent to +<B>``bg %1''</B>. +<P> + +The shell learns immediately whenever a job changes state. +Normally, +<B>bash</B> + +waits until it is about to print a prompt before reporting +changes in a job's status so as to not interrupt +any other output. If the +<B>-b</B> + +option to the +<B>set</B> + +builtin command +is enabled, +<B>bash</B> + +reports such changes immediately. +Any trap on +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SIGCHLD</B> + +</FONT> +is executed for each child that exits. +<P> + +If an attempt to exit +<B>bash</B> + +is made while jobs are stopped (or, if the <B>checkjobs</B> shell option has +been enabled using the <B>shopt</B> builtin, running), the shell prints a +warning message, and, if the <B>checkjobs</B> option is enabled, lists the +jobs and their statuses. +The +<B>jobs</B> + +command may then be used to inspect their status. +If a second attempt to exit is made without an intervening command, +the shell does not print another warning, and any stopped +jobs are terminated. +<P> + +When the shell is waiting for a job or process using the <B>wait</B> +builtin, and job control is enabled, <B>wait</B> will return when the +job changes state. The <B>-f</B> option causes <B>wait</B> to wait +until the job or process terminates before returning. +<A NAME="lbCE"> </A> +<H3>PROMPTING</H3> + +When executing interactively, +<B>bash</B> + +displays the primary prompt +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PS1</B> + +</FONT> +when it is ready to read a command, and the secondary prompt +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PS2</B> + +</FONT> +when it needs more input to complete a command. +<B>Bash</B> + +displays +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PS0</B> + +</FONT> +after it reads a command but before executing it. +<B>Bash</B> + +displays +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PS4</B> + +</FONT> +as described above +before tracing each command when the <B>-x</B> option is enabled. +<B>Bash</B> + +allows these prompt strings to be customized by inserting a number of +backslash-escaped special characters that are decoded as follows: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>\a</B> + +<DD> +an ASCII bell character (07) +<DT><B>\d</B> + +<DD> +the date in "Weekday Month Date" format (e.g., "Tue May 26") +<DT><B>\D{</B><I>format</I>} + +<DD> +the <I>format</I> is passed to <I>strftime</I>(3) and the result is inserted +into the prompt string; an empty <I>format</I> results in a locale-specific +time representation. The braces are required +<DT><B>\e</B> + +<DD> +an ASCII escape character (033) +<DT><B>\h</B> + +<DD> +the hostname up to the first `.' +<DT><B>\H</B> + +<DD> +the hostname +<DT><B>\j</B> + +<DD> +the number of jobs currently managed by the shell +<DT><B>\l</B> + +<DD> +the basename of the shell's terminal device name +<DT><B>\n</B> + +<DD> +newline +<DT><B>\r</B> + +<DD> +carriage return +<DT><B>\s</B> + +<DD> +the name of the shell, the basename of +<B>$0</B> + +(the portion following the final slash) +<DT><B>\t</B> + +<DD> +the current time in 24-hour HH:MM:SS format +<DT><B>\T</B> + +<DD> +the current time in 12-hour HH:MM:SS format +<DT><B>\@</B> + +<DD> +the current time in 12-hour am/pm format +<DT><B>\A</B> + +<DD> +the current time in 24-hour HH:MM format +<DT><B>\u</B> + +<DD> +the username of the current user +<DT><B>\v</B> + +<DD> +the version of <B>bash</B> (e.g., 2.00) +<DT><B>\V</B> + +<DD> +the release of <B>bash</B>, version + patch level (e.g., 2.00.0) +<DT><B>\w</B> + +<DD> +the current working directory, with +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>$HOME</B> + +</FONT> +abbreviated with a tilde +(uses the value of the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PROMPT_DIRTRIM</B> + +</FONT> +variable) +<DT><B>\W</B> + +<DD> +the basename of the current working directory, with +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>$HOME</B> + +</FONT> +abbreviated with a tilde +<DT><B>\!</B> + +<DD> +the history number of this command +<DT><B>\#</B> + +<DD> +the command number of this command +<DT><B>\$</B> + +<DD> +if the effective UID is 0, a +<B>#</B>, + +otherwise a +<B>$</B> + +<DT><B>\</B><I>nnn</I> + +<DD> +the character corresponding to the octal number <I>nnn</I> +<DT><B>\\</B> + +<DD> +a backslash +<DT><B>\[</B> + +<DD> +begin a sequence of non-printing characters, which could be used to +embed a terminal control sequence into the prompt +<DT><B>\]</B> + +<DD> +end a sequence of non-printing characters + +</DL></DL> + +<P> + +The command number and the history number are usually different: +the history number of a command is its position in the history +list, which may include commands restored from the history file +(see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTORY</B> + +</FONT> +below), while the command number is the position in the sequence +of commands executed during the current shell session. +After the string is decoded, it is expanded via +parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic +expansion, and quote removal, subject to the value of the +<B>promptvars</B> + +shell option (see the description of the +<B>shopt</B> + +command under +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</B> + +</FONT> +below). +This can have unwanted side effects if escaped portions of the string +appear within command substitution or contain characters special to +word expansion. +<A NAME="lbCF"> </A> +<H3>READLINE</H3> + +This is the library that handles reading input when using an interactive +shell, unless the +<B>--noediting</B> + +option is given at shell invocation. +Line editing is also used when using the <B>-e</B> option to the +<B>read</B> builtin. +By default, the line editing commands are similar to those of Emacs. +A vi-style line editing interface is also available. +Line editing can be enabled at any time using the +<B>-o emacs</B> + +or +<B>-o vi</B> + +options to the +<B>set</B> + +builtin (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</B> + +</FONT> +below). +To turn off line editing after the shell is running, use the +<B>+o emacs</B> + +or +<B>+o vi</B> + +options to the +<B>set</B> + +builtin. +<A NAME="lbCG"> </A> +<H4>Readline Notation</H4> + +In this section, the Emacs-style notation is used to denote +keystrokes. Control keys are denoted by C-<I>key</I>, e.g., C-n +means Control-N. Similarly, +<I>meta</I> + +keys are denoted by M-<I>key</I>, so M-x means Meta-X. (On keyboards +without a +<I>meta</I> + +key, M-<I>x</I> means ESC <I>x</I>, i.e., press the Escape key +then the +<I>x</I> + +key. This makes ESC the <I>meta prefix</I>. +The combination M-C-<I>x</I> means ESC-Control-<I>x</I>, +or press the Escape key +then hold the Control key while pressing the +<I>x</I> + +key.) +<P> + +Readline commands may be given numeric +<I>arguments</I>, + +which normally act as a repeat count. +Sometimes, however, it is the sign of the argument that is significant. +Passing a negative argument to a command that acts in the forward +direction (e.g., <B>kill-line</B>) causes that command to act in a +backward direction. +Commands whose behavior with arguments deviates from this are noted +below. +<P> + +When a command is described as <I>killing</I> text, the text +deleted is saved for possible future retrieval +(<I>yanking</I>). The killed text is saved in a +<I>kill ring</I>. Consecutive kills cause the text to be +accumulated into one unit, which can be yanked all at once. +Commands which do not kill text separate the chunks of text +on the kill ring. +<A NAME="lbCH"> </A> +<H4>Readline Initialization</H4> + +Readline is customized by putting commands in an initialization +file (the <I>inputrc</I> file). +The name of this file is taken from the value of the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>INPUTRC</B> + +</FONT> +variable. If that variable is unset, the default is +<A HREF="file:~/.inputrc"><I>~/.inputrc</I></A>. + +If that file does not exist or cannot be read, the ultimate default is +<A HREF="file:/etc/inputrc"><I>/etc/inputrc</I></A>. + +When a program which uses the readline library starts up, the +initialization file is read, and the key bindings and variables +are set. +There are only a few basic constructs allowed in the +readline initialization file. +Blank lines are ignored. +Lines beginning with a <B>#</B> are comments. +Lines beginning with a <B>$</B> indicate conditional constructs. +Other lines denote key bindings and variable settings. +<P> + +The default key-bindings may be changed with an +<I>inputrc</I> + +file. +Other programs that use this library may add their own commands +and bindings. +<P> + +For example, placing +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<P> + +M-Control-u: universal-argument +</DL> + +or +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +C-Meta-u: universal-argument +</DL> + +into the +<I>inputrc</I> + +would make M-C-u execute the readline command +<I>universal-argument</I>. + +<P> + +The following symbolic character names are recognized: +<I>RUBOUT</I>, + +<I>DEL</I>, + +<I>ESC</I>, + +<I>LFD</I>, + +<I>NEWLINE</I>, + +<I>RET</I>, + +<I>RETURN</I>, + +<I>SPC</I>, + +<I>SPACE</I>, + +and +<I>TAB</I>. + +<P> + +In addition to command names, readline allows keys to be bound +to a string that is inserted when the key is pressed (a <I>macro</I>). +<A NAME="lbCI"> </A> +<H4>Readline Key Bindings</H4> + +The syntax for controlling key bindings in the +<I>inputrc</I> + +file is simple. All that is required is the name of the +command or the text of a macro and a key sequence to which +it should be bound. The name may be specified in one of two ways: +as a symbolic key name, possibly with <I>Meta-</I> or <I>Control-</I> +prefixes, or as a key sequence. +<P> + +When using the form <B>keyname</B>:<I>function-name</I> or <I>macro</I>, +<I>keyname</I> + +is the name of a key spelled out in English. For example: +<P> +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +Control-u: universal-argument +<BR> + +Meta-Rubout: backward-kill-word +<BR> + +Control-o: "> output" +</DL> + +<P> + +In the above example, +<I>C-u</I> + +is bound to the function +<B>universal-argument</B>, + +<I>M-DEL</I> + +is bound to the function +<B>backward-kill-word</B>, + +and +<I>C-o</I> + +is bound to run the macro +expressed on the right hand side (that is, to insert the text +<TT>> output</TT> + +into the line). +<P> + +In the second form, <B>"keyseq"</B>:<I>function-name</I> or <I>macro</I>, +<B>keyseq</B> + +differs from +<B>keyname</B> + +above in that strings denoting +an entire key sequence may be specified by placing the sequence +within double quotes. Some GNU Emacs style key escapes can be +used, as in the following example, but the symbolic character names +are not recognized. +<P> +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +"\C-u": universal-argument +<BR> + +"\C-x\C-r": re-read-init-file +<BR> + +"\e[11~": "Function Key 1" +</DL> + +<P> + +In this example, +<I>C-u</I> + +is again bound to the function +<B>universal-argument</B>. + +<I>C-x C-r</I> + +is bound to the function +<B>re-read-init-file</B>, + +and +<I>ESC [ 1 1 ~</I> + +is bound to insert the text +<TT>Function Key 1</TT>. + +<P> + +The full set of GNU Emacs style escape sequences is +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>\C-</B> + +<DD> +control prefix +<DT><B>\M-</B> + +<DD> +meta prefix +<DT><B>\e</B> + +<DD> +an escape character +<DT><B>\\</B> + +<DD> +backslash +<DT><B>\</B> + +<DD> +literal " +<DT><B>\aq</B> + +<DD> +literal aq +</DL></DL> + + +<P> + +In addition to the GNU Emacs style escape sequences, a second +set of backslash escapes is available: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>\a</B> + +<DD> +alert (bell) +<DT><B>\b</B> + +<DD> +backspace +<DT><B>\d</B> + +<DD> +delete +<DT><B>\f</B> + +<DD> +form feed +<DT><B>\n</B> + +<DD> +newline +<DT><B>\r</B> + +<DD> +carriage return +<DT><B>\t</B> + +<DD> +horizontal tab +<DT><B>\v</B> + +<DD> +vertical tab +<DT><B>\</B><I>nnn</I> + +<DD> +the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value <I>nnn</I> +(one to three digits) +<DT><B>\x</B><I>HH</I> + +<DD> +the eight-bit character whose value is the hexadecimal value <I>HH</I> +(one or two hex digits) +</DL></DL> + + +<P> + +When entering the text of a macro, single or double quotes must +be used to indicate a macro definition. +Unquoted text is assumed to be a function name. +In the macro body, the backslash escapes described above are expanded. +Backslash will quote any other character in the macro text, +including " and aq. +<P> + +<B>Bash</B> + +allows the current readline key bindings to be displayed or modified +with the +<B>bind</B> + +builtin command. The editing mode may be switched during interactive +use by using the +<B>-o</B> + +option to the +<B>set</B> + +builtin command (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</B> + +</FONT> +below). +<A NAME="lbCJ"> </A> +<H4>Readline Variables</H4> + +Readline has variables that can be used to further customize its +behavior. A variable may be set in the +<I>inputrc</I> + +file with a statement of the form +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<P> + +<B>set</B> <I>variable-name</I> <I>value</I> +</DL> + +or using the <B>bind</B> builtin command (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</B> + +</FONT> +below). +<P> + +Except where noted, readline variables can take the values +<B>On</B> + +or +<B>Off</B> + +(without regard to case). +Unrecognized variable names are ignored. +When a variable value is read, empty or null values, "on" (case-insensitive), +and "1" are equivalent to <B>On</B>. All other values are equivalent to +<B>Off</B>. +The variables and their default values are: +<P> + + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>bell-style (audible)</B> + +<DD> +Controls what happens when readline wants to ring the terminal bell. +If set to <B>none</B>, readline never rings the bell. If set to +<B>visible</B>, readline uses a visible bell if one is available. +If set to <B>audible</B>, readline attempts to ring the terminal's bell. +<DT><B>bind-tty-special-chars (On)</B> + +<DD> +If set to <B>On</B>, readline attempts to bind the control characters +treated specially by the kernel's terminal driver to their readline +equivalents. +<DT><B>blink-matching-paren (Off)</B> + +<DD> +If set to <B>On</B>, readline attempts to briefly move the cursor to an +opening parenthesis when a closing parenthesis is inserted. +<DT><B>colored-completion-prefix (Off)</B> + +<DD> +If set to <B>On</B>, when listing completions, readline displays the +common prefix of the set of possible completions using a different color. +The color definitions are taken from the value of the <B>LS_COLORS</B> +environment variable. +<DT><B>colored-stats (Off)</B> + +<DD> +If set to <B>On</B>, readline displays possible completions using different +colors to indicate their file type. +The color definitions are taken from the value of the <B>LS_COLORS</B> +environment variable. +<DT><B>comment-begin (``#'')</B> + +<DD> +The string that is inserted when the readline +<B>insert-comment</B> + +command is executed. +This command is bound to +<B>M-#</B> + +in emacs mode and to +<B>#</B> + +in vi command mode. +<DT><B>completion-display-width (-1)</B> + +<DD> +The number of screen columns used to display possible matches +when performing completion. +The value is ignored if it is less than 0 or greater than the terminal +screen width. +A value of 0 will cause matches to be displayed one per line. +The default value is -1. +<DT><B>completion-ignore-case (Off)</B> + +<DD> +If set to <B>On</B>, readline performs filename matching and completion +in a case-insensitive fashion. +<DT><B>completion-map-case (Off)</B> + +<DD> +If set to <B>On</B>, and <B>completion-ignore-case</B> is enabled, readline +treats hyphens (<I>-</I>) and underscores (<I>_</I>) as equivalent when +performing case-insensitive filename matching and completion. +<DT><B>completion-prefix-display-length (0)</B> + +<DD> +The length in characters of the common prefix of a list of possible +completions that is displayed without modification. When set to a +value greater than zero, common prefixes longer than this value are +replaced with an ellipsis when displaying possible completions. +<DT><B>completion-query-items (100)</B> + +<DD> +This determines when the user is queried about viewing +the number of possible completions +generated by the <B>possible-completions</B> command. +It may be set to any integer value greater than or equal to zero. +If the number of possible completions is greater than +or equal to the value of this variable, +readline will ask whether or not the user wishes to view them; +otherwise they are simply listed on the terminal. +<DT><B>convert-meta (On)</B> + +<DD> +If set to <B>On</B>, readline will convert characters with the +eighth bit set to an ASCII key sequence +by stripping the eighth bit and prefixing an +escape character (in effect, using escape as the <I>meta prefix</I>). +The default is <I>On</I>, but readline will set it to <I>Off</I> if the +locale contains eight-bit characters. +<DT><B>disable-completion (Off)</B> + +<DD> +If set to <B>On</B>, readline will inhibit word completion. Completion +characters will be inserted into the line as if they had been +mapped to <B>self-insert</B>. +<DT><B>echo-control-characters (On)</B> + +<DD> +When set to <B>On</B>, on operating systems that indicate they support it, +readline echoes a character corresponding to a signal generated from the +keyboard. +<DT><B>editing-mode (emacs)</B> + +<DD> +Controls whether readline begins with a set of key bindings similar +to <I>Emacs</I> or <I>vi</I>. +<B>editing-mode</B> + +can be set to either +<B>emacs</B> + +or +<B>vi</B>. + +<DT><B>emacs-mode-string (@)</B> + +<DD> +If the <I>show-mode-in-prompt</I> variable is enabled, +this string is displayed immediately before the last line of the primary +prompt when emacs editing mode is active. The value is expanded like a +key binding, so the standard set of meta- and control prefixes and +backslash escape sequences is available. +Use the \1 and \2 escapes to begin and end sequences of +non-printing characters, which can be used to embed a terminal control +sequence into the mode string. +<DT><B>enable-bracketed-paste (On)</B> + +<DD> +When set to <B>On</B>, readline will configure the terminal in a way +that will enable it to insert each paste into the editing buffer as a +single string of characters, instead of treating each character as if +it had been read from the keyboard. This can prevent pasted characters +from being interpreted as editing commands. +<DT><B>enable-keypad (Off)</B> + +<DD> +When set to <B>On</B>, readline will try to enable the application +keypad when it is called. Some systems need this to enable the +arrow keys. +<DT><B>enable-meta-key (On)</B> + +<DD> +When set to <B>On</B>, readline will try to enable any meta modifier +key the terminal claims to support when it is called. On many terminals, +the meta key is used to send eight-bit characters. +<DT><B>expand-tilde (Off)</B> + +<DD> +If set to <B>On</B>, tilde expansion is performed when readline +attempts word completion. +<DT><B>history-preserve-point (Off)</B> + +<DD> +If set to <B>On</B>, the history code attempts to place point at the +same location on each history line retrieved with <B>previous-history</B> +or <B>next-history</B>. +<DT><B>history-size (unset)</B> + +<DD> +Set the maximum number of history entries saved in the history list. +If set to zero, any existing history entries are deleted and no new entries +are saved. +If set to a value less than zero, the number of history entries is not +limited. +By default, the number of history entries is set to the value of the +<B>HISTSIZE</B> shell variable. +If an attempt is made to set <I>history-size</I> to a non-numeric value, +the maximum number of history entries will be set to 500. +<DT><B>horizontal-scroll-mode (Off)</B> + +<DD> +When set to <B>On</B>, makes readline use a single line for display, +scrolling the input horizontally on a single screen line when it +becomes longer than the screen width rather than wrapping to a new line. +This setting is automatically enabled for terminals of height 1. +<DT><B>input-meta (Off)</B> + +<DD> +If set to <B>On</B>, readline will enable eight-bit input (that is, +it will not strip the eighth bit from the characters it reads), +regardless of what the terminal claims it can support. The name +<B>meta-flag</B> + +is a synonym for this variable. +The default is <I>Off</I>, but readline will set it to <I>On</I> if the +locale contains eight-bit characters. +<DT><B>isearch-terminators (``C-[C-J'')</B> + +<DD> +The string of characters that should terminate an incremental +search without subsequently executing the character as a command. +If this variable has not been given a value, the characters +<I>ESC</I> and <I>C-J</I> will terminate an incremental search. +<DT><B>keymap (emacs)</B> + +<DD> +Set the current readline keymap. The set of valid keymap names is +<I>emacs, emacs-standard, emacs-meta, emacs-ctlx, vi, +vi-command</I>, and +<I>vi-insert</I>. + +<I>vi</I> is equivalent to <I>vi-command</I>; <I>emacs</I> is +equivalent to <I>emacs-standard</I>. The default value is +<I>emacs</I>; + +the value of +<B>editing-mode</B> + +also affects the default keymap. +<DT><B>keyseq-timeout (500)</B> + +<DD> +Specifies the duration <I>readline</I> will wait for a character when reading an +ambiguous key sequence (one that can form a complete key sequence using +the input read so far, or can take additional input to complete a longer +key sequence). +If no input is received within the timeout, <I>readline</I> will use the shorter +but complete key sequence. +The value is specified in milliseconds, so a value of 1000 means that +<I>readline</I> will wait one second for additional input. +If this variable is set to a value less than or equal to zero, or to a +non-numeric value, <I>readline</I> will wait until another key is pressed to +decide which key sequence to complete. +<DT><B>mark-directories (On)</B> + +<DD> +If set to <B>On</B>, completed directory names have a slash +appended. +<DT><B>mark-modified-lines (Off)</B> + +<DD> +If set to <B>On</B>, history lines that have been modified are displayed +with a preceding asterisk (<B>*</B>). +<DT><B>mark-symlinked-directories (Off)</B> + +<DD> +If set to <B>On</B>, completed names which are symbolic links to directories +have a slash appended (subject to the value of +<B>mark-directories</B>). +<DT><B>match-hidden-files (On)</B> + +<DD> +This variable, when set to <B>On</B>, causes readline to match files whose +names begin with a `.' (hidden files) when performing filename +completion. +If set to <B>Off</B>, the leading `.' must be +supplied by the user in the filename to be completed. +<DT><B>menu-complete-display-prefix (Off)</B> + +<DD> +If set to <B>On</B>, menu completion displays the common prefix of the +list of possible completions (which may be empty) before cycling through +the list. +<DT><B>output-meta (Off)</B> + +<DD> +If set to <B>On</B>, readline will display characters with the +eighth bit set directly rather than as a meta-prefixed escape +sequence. +The default is <I>Off</I>, but readline will set it to <I>On</I> if the +locale contains eight-bit characters. +<DT><B>page-completions (On)</B> + +<DD> +If set to <B>On</B>, readline uses an internal <I>more</I>-like pager +to display a screenful of possible completions at a time. +<DT><B>print-completions-horizontally (Off)</B> + +<DD> +If set to <B>On</B>, readline will display completions with matches +sorted horizontally in alphabetical order, rather than down the screen. +<DT><B>revert-all-at-newline (Off)</B> + +<DD> +If set to <B>On</B>, readline will undo all changes to history lines +before returning when <B>accept-line</B> is executed. By default, +history lines may be modified and retain individual undo lists across +calls to <B>readline</B>. +<DT><B>show-all-if-ambiguous (Off)</B> + +<DD> +This alters the default behavior of the completion functions. If +set to +<B>On</B>, + +words which have more than one possible completion cause the +matches to be listed immediately instead of ringing the bell. +<DT><B>show-all-if-unmodified (Off)</B> + +<DD> +This alters the default behavior of the completion functions in +a fashion similar to <B>show-all-if-ambiguous</B>. +If set to +<B>On</B>, + +words which have more than one possible completion without any +possible partial completion (the possible completions don't share +a common prefix) cause the matches to be listed immediately instead +of ringing the bell. +<DT><B>show-mode-in-prompt (Off)</B> + +<DD> +If set to <B>On</B>, add a string to the beginning of the prompt +indicating the editing mode: emacs, vi command, or vi insertion. +The mode strings are user-settable (e.g., <I>emacs-mode-string</I>). +<DT><B>skip-completed-text (Off)</B> + +<DD> +If set to <B>On</B>, this alters the default completion behavior when +inserting a single match into the line. It's only active when +performing completion in the middle of a word. If enabled, readline +does not insert characters from the completion that match characters +after point in the word being completed, so portions of the word +following the cursor are not duplicated. +<DT><B>vi-cmd-mode-string ((cmd))</B> + +<DD> +If the <I>show-mode-in-prompt</I> variable is enabled, +this string is displayed immediately before the last line of the primary +prompt when vi editing mode is active and in command mode. +The value is expanded like a +key binding, so the standard set of meta- and control prefixes and +backslash escape sequences is available. +Use the \1 and \2 escapes to begin and end sequences of +non-printing characters, which can be used to embed a terminal control +sequence into the mode string. +<DT><B>vi-ins-mode-string ((ins))</B> + +<DD> +If the <I>show-mode-in-prompt</I> variable is enabled, +this string is displayed immediately before the last line of the primary +prompt when vi editing mode is active and in insertion mode. +The value is expanded like a +key binding, so the standard set of meta- and control prefixes and +backslash escape sequences is available. +Use the \1 and \2 escapes to begin and end sequences of +non-printing characters, which can be used to embed a terminal control +sequence into the mode string. +<DT><B>visible-stats (Off)</B> + +<DD> +If set to <B>On</B>, a character denoting a file's type as reported +by <I>stat</I>(2) is appended to the filename when listing possible +completions. + +</DL> +<A NAME="lbCK"> </A> +<H4>Readline Conditional Constructs</H4> + +Readline implements a facility similar in spirit to the conditional +compilation features of the C preprocessor which allows key +bindings and variable settings to be performed as the result +of tests. There are four parser directives used. +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>$if</B><DD> +The +<B>$if</B> + +construct allows bindings to be made based on the +editing mode, the terminal being used, or the application using +readline. The text of the test, after any comparison operator, +<BR> extends to the end of the line; +unless otherwise noted, no characters are required to isolate it. +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>mode</B><DD> +The <B>mode=</B> form of the <B>$if</B> directive is used to test +whether readline is in emacs or vi mode. +This may be used in conjunction +with the <B>set keymap</B> command, for instance, to set bindings in +the <I>emacs-standard</I> and <I>emacs-ctlx</I> keymaps only if +readline is starting out in emacs mode. +<DT><B>term</B><DD> +The <B>term=</B> form may be used to include terminal-specific +key bindings, perhaps to bind the key sequences output by the +terminal's function keys. The word on the right side of the +<B>=</B> + +is tested against both the full name of the terminal and the portion +of the terminal name before the first <B>-</B>. This allows +<I>sun</I> + +to match both +<I>sun</I> + +and +<I>sun-cmd</I>, + +for instance. +<DT><B>version</B><DD> +The <B>version</B> test may be used to perform comparisons against +specific readline versions. +The <B>version</B> expands to the current readline version. +The set of comparison operators includes +<B>=</B>, + +(and +<B>==</B>), + +<B>!=</B>, + +<B><=</B>, + +<B>>=</B>, + +<B><</B>, + +and +<B>></B>. + +The version number supplied on the right side of the operator consists +of a major version number, an optional decimal point, and an optional +minor version (e.g., <B>7.1</B>). If the minor version is omitted, it +is assumed to be <B>0</B>. +The operator may be separated from the string <B>version</B> +and from the version number argument by whitespace. +<DT><B>application</B><DD> +The <B>application</B> construct is used to include +application-specific settings. Each program using the readline +library sets the <I>application name</I>, and an initialization +file can test for a particular value. +This could be used to bind key sequences to functions useful for +a specific program. For instance, the following command adds a +key sequence that quotes the current or previous word in <B>bash</B>: +<P> +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<PRE> +<B>$if</B> Bash +# Quote the current or previous word +"\C-xq": "\eb\"\ef\"" +<B>$endif</B> +</PRE> + +</DL> + +<DT><I>variable</I><DD> +The <I>variable</I> construct provides simple equality tests for readline +variables and values. +The permitted comparison operators are <I>=</I>, <I>==</I>, and <I>!=</I>. +The variable name must be separated from the comparison operator by +whitespace; the operator may be separated from the value on the right hand +side by whitespace. +Both string and boolean variables may be tested. Boolean variables must be +tested against the values <I>on</I> and <I>off</I>. +</DL></DL> + +<DT><B>$endif</B><DD> +This command, as seen in the previous example, terminates an +<B>$if</B> command. +<DT><B>$else</B><DD> +Commands in this branch of the <B>$if</B> directive are executed if +the test fails. +<DT><B>$include</B><DD> +This directive takes a single filename as an argument and reads commands +and bindings from that file. For example, the following directive +would read <A HREF="file:/etc/inputrc"><I>/etc/inputrc</I></A>: +<P> +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<PRE> +<B>$include</B> <A HREF="file:/etc/inputrc"><I>/etc/inputrc</I></A> +</PRE> + +</DL> + +</DL> +<A NAME="lbCL"> </A> +<H4>Searching</H4> + +Readline provides commands for searching through the command history +(see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTORY</B> + +</FONT> +below) for lines containing a specified string. +There are two search modes: +<I>incremental</I> + +and +<I>non-incremental</I>. + +<P> + +Incremental searches begin before the user has finished typing the +search string. +As each character of the search string is typed, readline displays +the next entry from the history matching the string typed so far. +An incremental search requires only as many characters as needed to +find the desired history entry. +The characters present in the value of the <B>isearch-terminators</B> +variable are used to terminate an incremental search. +If that variable has not been assigned a value the Escape and +Control-J characters will terminate an incremental search. +Control-G will abort an incremental search and restore the original +line. +When the search is terminated, the history entry containing the +search string becomes the current line. +<P> + +To find other matching entries in the history list, type Control-S or +Control-R as appropriate. +This will search backward or forward in the history for the next +entry matching the search string typed so far. +Any other key sequence bound to a readline command will terminate +the search and execute that command. +For instance, a <I>newline</I> will terminate the search and accept +the line, thereby executing the command from the history list. +<P> + +Readline remembers the last incremental search string. If two +Control-Rs are typed without any intervening characters defining a +new search string, any remembered search string is used. +<P> + +Non-incremental searches read the entire search string before starting +to search for matching history lines. The search string may be +typed by the user or be part of the contents of the current line. +<A NAME="lbCM"> </A> +<H4>Readline Command Names</H4> + +The following is a list of the names of the commands and the default +key sequences to which they are bound. +Command names without an accompanying key sequence are unbound by default. +In the following descriptions, <I>point</I> refers to the current cursor +position, and <I>mark</I> refers to a cursor position saved by the +<B>set-mark</B> command. +The text between the point and mark is referred to as the <I>region</I>. +<A NAME="lbCN"> </A> +<H4>Commands for Moving</H4> + + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>beginning-of-line (C-a)</B> + +<DD> +Move to the start of the current line. +<DT><B>end-of-line (C-e)</B> + +<DD> +Move to the end of the line. +<DT><B>forward-char (C-f)</B> + +<DD> +Move forward a character. +<DT><B>backward-char (C-b)</B> + +<DD> +Move back a character. +<DT><B>forward-word (M-f)</B> + +<DD> +Move forward to the end of the next word. Words are composed of +alphanumeric characters (letters and digits). +<DT><B>backward-word (M-b)</B> + +<DD> +Move back to the start of the current or previous word. +Words are composed of alphanumeric characters (letters and digits). +<DT><B>shell-forward-word</B> + +<DD> +Move forward to the end of the next word. +Words are delimited by non-quoted shell metacharacters. +<DT><B>shell-backward-word</B> + +<DD> +Move back to the start of the current or previous word. +Words are delimited by non-quoted shell metacharacters. +<DT><B>previous-screen-line</B> + +<DD> +Attempt to move point to the same physical screen column on the previous +physical screen line. This will not have the desired effect if the current +Readline line does not take up more than one physical line or if point is not +greater than the length of the prompt plus the screen width. +<DT><B>next-screen-line</B> + +<DD> +Attempt to move point to the same physical screen column on the next +physical screen line. This will not have the desired effect if the current +Readline line does not take up more than one physical line or if the length +of the current Readline line is not greater than the length of the prompt +plus the screen width. +<DT><B>clear-display (M-C-l)</B> + +<DD> +Clear the screen and, if possible, the terminal's scrollback buffer, +then redraw the current line, +leaving the current line at the top of the screen. +<DT><B>clear-screen (C-l)</B> + +<DD> +Clear the screen, +then redraw the current line, +leaving the current line at the top of the screen. +With an argument, refresh the current line without clearing the +screen. +<DT><B>redraw-current-line</B> + +<DD> +Refresh the current line. + +</DL> +<A NAME="lbCO"> </A> +<H4>Commands for Manipulating the History</H4> + + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>accept-line (Newline, Return)</B> + +<DD> +Accept the line regardless of where the cursor is. If this line is +non-empty, add it to the history list according to the state of the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTCONTROL</B> + +</FONT> +variable. If the line is a modified history +line, then restore the history line to its original state. +<DT><B>previous-history (C-p)</B> + +<DD> +Fetch the previous command from the history list, moving back in +the list. +<DT><B>next-history (C-n)</B> + +<DD> +Fetch the next command from the history list, moving forward in the +list. +<DT><B>beginning-of-history (M-<)</B> + +<DD> +Move to the first line in the history. +<DT><B>end-of-history (M->)</B> + +<DD> +Move to the end of the input history, i.e., the line currently being +entered. +<DT><B>reverse-search-history (C-r)</B> + +<DD> +Search backward starting at the current line and moving `up' through +the history as necessary. This is an incremental search. +<DT><B>forward-search-history (C-s)</B> + +<DD> +Search forward starting at the current line and moving `down' through +the history as necessary. This is an incremental search. +<DT><B>non-incremental-reverse-search-history (M-p)</B> + +<DD> +Search backward through the history starting at the current line +using a non-incremental search for a string supplied by the user. +<DT><B>non-incremental-forward-search-history (M-n)</B> + +<DD> +Search forward through the history using a non-incremental search for +a string supplied by the user. +<DT><B>history-search-forward</B> + +<DD> +Search forward through the history for the string of characters +between the start of the current line and the point. +This is a non-incremental search. +<DT><B>history-search-backward</B> + +<DD> +Search backward through the history for the string of characters +between the start of the current line and the point. +This is a non-incremental search. +<DT><B>history-substring-search-backward</B> + +<DD> +Search backward through the history for the string of characters +between the start of the current line and the current cursor +position (the <I>point</I>). +The search string may match anywhere in a history line. +This is a non-incremental search. +<DT><B>history-substring-search-forward</B> + +<DD> +Search forward through the history for the string of characters +between the start of the current line and the point. +The search string may match anywhere in a history line. +This is a non-incremental search. +<DT><B>yank-nth-arg (M-C-y)</B> + +<DD> +Insert the first argument to the previous command (usually +the second word on the previous line) at point. +With an argument +<I>n</I>, + +insert the <I>n</I>th word from the previous command (the words +in the previous command begin with word 0). A negative argument +inserts the <I>n</I>th word from the end of the previous command. +Once the argument <I>n</I> is computed, the argument is extracted +as if the "!<I>n</I>" history expansion had been specified. +<DT><B>yank-last-arg (M-., M-_)</B> + +<DD> +Insert the last argument to the previous command (the last word of +the previous history entry). +With a numeric argument, behave exactly like <B>yank-nth-arg</B>. +Successive calls to <B>yank-last-arg</B> move back through the history +list, inserting the last word (or the word specified by the argument to +the first call) of each line in turn. +Any numeric argument supplied to these successive calls determines +the direction to move through the history. A negative argument switches +the direction through the history (back or forward). +The history expansion facilities are used to extract the last word, +as if the "!$" history expansion had been specified. +<DT><B>shell-expand-line (M-C-e)</B> + +<DD> +Expand the line as the shell does. This +performs alias and history expansion as well as all of the shell +word expansions. See +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTORY EXPANSION</B> + +</FONT> +below for a description of history expansion. +<DT><B>history-expand-line (M-^)</B> + +<DD> +Perform history expansion on the current line. +See +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTORY EXPANSION</B> + +</FONT> +below for a description of history expansion. +<DT><B>magic-space</B> + +<DD> +Perform history expansion on the current line and insert a space. +See +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTORY EXPANSION</B> + +</FONT> +below for a description of history expansion. +<DT><B>alias-expand-line</B> + +<DD> +Perform alias expansion on the current line. +See +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>ALIASES</B> + +</FONT> +above for a description of alias expansion. +<DT><B>history-and-alias-expand-line</B> + +<DD> +Perform history and alias expansion on the current line. +<DT><B>insert-last-argument (M-., M-_)</B> + +<DD> +A synonym for <B>yank-last-arg</B>. +<DT><B>operate-and-get-next (C-o)</B> + +<DD> +Accept the current line for execution and fetch the next line +relative to the current line from the history for editing. +A numeric argument, if supplied, specifies the history entry to use instead +of the current line. +<DT><B>edit-and-execute-command (C-x C-e)</B> + +<DD> +Invoke an editor on the current command line, and execute the result as shell +commands. +<B>Bash</B> attempts to invoke +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>$VISUAL</B>, + +</FONT> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>$EDITOR</B>, + +</FONT> +and <I>emacs</I> as the editor, in that order. + +</DL> +<A NAME="lbCP"> </A> +<H4>Commands for Changing Text</H4> + + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B></B><I>end-of-file</I> (usually C-d) + +<DD> +The character indicating end-of-file as set, for example, by +<TT>stty</TT>. + +If this character is read when there are no characters +on the line, and point is at the beginning of the line, Readline +interprets it as the end of input and returns +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>EOF</B>. + +</FONT> +<DT><B>delete-char (C-d)</B> + +<DD> +Delete the character at point. +If this function is bound to the +same character as the tty <B>EOF</B> character, as <B>C-d</B> +commonly is, see above for the effects. +<DT><B>backward-delete-char (Rubout)</B> + +<DD> +Delete the character behind the cursor. When given a numeric argument, +save the deleted text on the kill ring. +<DT><B>forward-backward-delete-char</B> + +<DD> +Delete the character under the cursor, unless the cursor is at the +end of the line, in which case the character behind the cursor is +deleted. +<DT><B>quoted-insert (C-q, C-v)</B> + +<DD> +Add the next character typed to the line verbatim. This is +how to insert characters like <B>C-q</B>, for example. +<DT><B>tab-insert (C-v TAB)</B> + +<DD> +Insert a tab character. +<DT><B>self-insert (a, b, A, 1, !, ...)</B> + +<DD> +Insert the character typed. +<DT><B>transpose-chars (C-t)</B> + +<DD> +Drag the character before point forward over the character at point, +moving point forward as well. +If point is at the end of the line, then this transposes +the two characters before point. +Negative arguments have no effect. +<DT><B>transpose-words (M-t)</B> + +<DD> +Drag the word before point past the word after point, +moving point over that word as well. +If point is at the end of the line, this transposes +the last two words on the line. +<DT><B>upcase-word (M-u)</B> + +<DD> +Uppercase the current (or following) word. With a negative argument, +uppercase the previous word, but do not move point. +<DT><B>downcase-word (M-l)</B> + +<DD> +Lowercase the current (or following) word. With a negative argument, +lowercase the previous word, but do not move point. +<DT><B>capitalize-word (M-c)</B> + +<DD> +Capitalize the current (or following) word. With a negative argument, +capitalize the previous word, but do not move point. +<DT><B>overwrite-mode</B> + +<DD> +Toggle overwrite mode. With an explicit positive numeric argument, +switches to overwrite mode. With an explicit non-positive numeric +argument, switches to insert mode. This command affects only +<B>emacs</B> mode; <B>vi</B> mode does overwrite differently. +Each call to <I>readline()</I> starts in insert mode. +In overwrite mode, characters bound to <B>self-insert</B> replace +the text at point rather than pushing the text to the right. +Characters bound to <B>backward-delete-char</B> replace the character +before point with a space. By default, this command is unbound. + +</DL> +<A NAME="lbCQ"> </A> +<H4>Killing and Yanking</H4> + + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>kill-line (C-k)</B> + +<DD> +Kill the text from point to the end of the line. +<DT><B>backward-kill-line (C-x Rubout)</B> + +<DD> +Kill backward to the beginning of the line. +<DT><B>unix-line-discard (C-u)</B> + +<DD> +Kill backward from point to the beginning of the line. +The killed text is saved on the kill-ring. + +<DT><B>kill-whole-line</B> + +<DD> +Kill all characters on the current line, no matter where point is. +<DT><B>kill-word (M-d)</B> + +<DD> +Kill from point to the end of the current word, or if between +words, to the end of the next word. +Word boundaries are the same as those used by <B>forward-word</B>. +<DT><B>backward-kill-word (M-Rubout)</B> + +<DD> +Kill the word behind point. +Word boundaries are the same as those used by <B>backward-word</B>. +<DT><B>shell-kill-word</B> + +<DD> +Kill from point to the end of the current word, or if between +words, to the end of the next word. +Word boundaries are the same as those used by <B>shell-forward-word</B>. +<DT><B>shell-backward-kill-word</B> + +<DD> +Kill the word behind point. +Word boundaries are the same as those used by <B>shell-backward-word</B>. +<DT><B>unix-word-rubout (C-w)</B> + +<DD> +Kill the word behind point, using white space as a word boundary. +The killed text is saved on the kill-ring. +<DT><B>unix-filename-rubout</B> + +<DD> +Kill the word behind point, using white space and the slash character +as the word boundaries. +The killed text is saved on the kill-ring. +<DT><B>delete-horizontal-space (M-\)</B> + +<DD> +Delete all spaces and tabs around point. +<DT><B>kill-region</B> + +<DD> +Kill the text in the current region. +<DT><B>copy-region-as-kill</B> + +<DD> +Copy the text in the region to the kill buffer. +<DT><B>copy-backward-word</B> + +<DD> +Copy the word before point to the kill buffer. +The word boundaries are the same as <B>backward-word</B>. +<DT><B>copy-forward-word</B> + +<DD> +Copy the word following point to the kill buffer. +The word boundaries are the same as <B>forward-word</B>. +<DT><B>yank (C-y)</B> + +<DD> +Yank the top of the kill ring into the buffer at point. +<DT><B>yank-pop (M-y)</B> + +<DD> +Rotate the kill ring, and yank the new top. Only works following +<B>yank</B> + +or +<B>yank-pop</B>. + + +</DL> +<A NAME="lbCR"> </A> +<H4>Numeric Arguments</H4> + + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>digit-argument (M-0, M-1, ..., M--)</B> + +<DD> +Add this digit to the argument already accumulating, or start a new +argument. M-- starts a negative argument. +<DT><B>universal-argument</B> + +<DD> +This is another way to specify an argument. +If this command is followed by one or more digits, optionally with a +leading minus sign, those digits define the argument. +If the command is followed by digits, executing +<B>universal-argument</B> + +again ends the numeric argument, but is otherwise ignored. +As a special case, if this command is immediately followed by a +character that is neither a digit nor minus sign, the argument count +for the next command is multiplied by four. +The argument count is initially one, so executing this function the +first time makes the argument count four, a second time makes the +argument count sixteen, and so on. + +</DL> +<A NAME="lbCS"> </A> +<H4>Completing</H4> + + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>complete (TAB)</B> + +<DD> +Attempt to perform completion on the text before point. +<B>Bash</B> + +attempts completion treating the text as a variable (if the +text begins with <B>$</B>), username (if the text begins with +<B>~</B>), hostname (if the text begins with <B>@</B>), or +command (including aliases and functions) in turn. If none +of these produces a match, filename completion is attempted. +<DT><B>possible-completions (M-?)</B> + +<DD> +List the possible completions of the text before point. +<DT><B>insert-completions (M-*)</B> + +<DD> +Insert all completions of the text before point +that would have been generated by +<B>possible-completions</B>. +<DT><B>menu-complete</B> + +<DD> +Similar to <B>complete</B>, but replaces the word to be completed +with a single match from the list of possible completions. +Repeated execution of <B>menu-complete</B> steps through the list +of possible completions, inserting each match in turn. +At the end of the list of completions, the bell is rung +(subject to the setting of <B>bell-style</B>) +and the original text is restored. +An argument of <I>n</I> moves <I>n</I> positions forward in the list +of matches; a negative argument may be used to move backward +through the list. +This command is intended to be bound to <B>TAB</B>, but is unbound +by default. +<DT><B>menu-complete-backward</B> + +<DD> +Identical to <B>menu-complete</B>, but moves backward through the list +of possible completions, as if <B>menu-complete</B> had been given a +negative argument. This command is unbound by default. +<DT><B>delete-char-or-list</B> + +<DD> +Deletes the character under the cursor if not at the beginning or +end of the line (like <B>delete-char</B>). +If at the end of the line, behaves identically to +<B>possible-completions</B>. +This command is unbound by default. +<DT><B>complete-filename (M-/)</B> + +<DD> +Attempt filename completion on the text before point. +<DT><B>possible-filename-completions (C-x /)</B> + +<DD> +List the possible completions of the text before point, +treating it as a filename. +<DT><B>complete-username (M-~)</B> + +<DD> +Attempt completion on the text before point, treating +it as a username. +<DT><B>possible-username-completions (C-x ~)</B> + +<DD> +List the possible completions of the text before point, +treating it as a username. +<DT><B>complete-variable (M-$)</B> + +<DD> +Attempt completion on the text before point, treating +it as a shell variable. +<DT><B>possible-variable-completions (C-x $)</B> + +<DD> +List the possible completions of the text before point, +treating it as a shell variable. +<DT><B>complete-hostname (M-@)</B> + +<DD> +Attempt completion on the text before point, treating +it as a hostname. +<DT><B>possible-hostname-completions (C-x @)</B> + +<DD> +List the possible completions of the text before point, +treating it as a hostname. +<DT><B>complete-command (M-!)</B> + +<DD> +Attempt completion on the text before point, treating +it as a command name. Command completion attempts to +match the text against aliases, reserved words, shell +functions, shell builtins, and finally executable filenames, +in that order. +<DT><B>possible-command-completions (C-x !)</B> + +<DD> +List the possible completions of the text before point, +treating it as a command name. +<DT><B>dynamic-complete-history (M-TAB)</B> + +<DD> +Attempt completion on the text before point, comparing +the text against lines from the history list for possible +completion matches. +<DT><B>dabbrev-expand</B> + +<DD> +Attempt menu completion on the text before point, comparing +the text against lines from the history list for possible +completion matches. +<DT><B>complete-into-braces (M-{)</B> + +<DD> +Perform filename completion and insert the list of possible completions +enclosed within braces so the list is available to the shell (see +<B>Brace Expansion</B> + +above). + +</DL> +<A NAME="lbCT"> </A> +<H4>Keyboard Macros</H4> + + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>start-kbd-macro (C-x ()</B> + +<DD> +Begin saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro. +<DT><B>end-kbd-macro (C-x ))</B> + +<DD> +Stop saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro +and store the definition. +<DT><B>call-last-kbd-macro (C-x e)</B> + +<DD> +Re-execute the last keyboard macro defined, by making the characters +in the macro appear as if typed at the keyboard. +<DT><B>print-last-kbd-macro ()</B> + +<DD> +Print the last keyboard macro defined in a format suitable for the +<I>inputrc</I> file. + +</DL> +<A NAME="lbCU"> </A> +<H4>Miscellaneous</H4> + + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>re-read-init-file (C-x C-r)</B> + +<DD> +Read in the contents of the <I>inputrc</I> file, and incorporate +any bindings or variable assignments found there. +<DT><B>abort (C-g)</B> + +<DD> +Abort the current editing command and +ring the terminal's bell (subject to the setting of +<B>bell-style</B>). + +<DT><B>do-lowercase-version (M-A, M-B, M-</B><I>x</I>, ...) + +<DD> +If the metafied character <I>x</I> is uppercase, run the command +that is bound to the corresponding metafied lowercase character. +The behavior is undefined if <I>x</I> is already lowercase. +<DT><B>prefix-meta (ESC)</B> + +<DD> +Metafy the next character typed. +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>ESC</B> + +</FONT> +<B>f</B> + +is equivalent to +<B>Meta-f</B>. + +<DT><B>undo (C-_, C-x C-u)</B> + +<DD> +Incremental undo, separately remembered for each line. +<DT><B>revert-line (M-r)</B> + +<DD> +Undo all changes made to this line. This is like executing the +<B>undo</B> + +command enough times to return the line to its initial state. +<DT><B>tilde-expand (M-&)</B> + +<DD> +Perform tilde expansion on the current word. +<DT><B>set-mark (C-@, M-<space>)</B> + +<DD> +Set the mark to the point. If a +numeric argument is supplied, the mark is set to that position. +<DT><B>exchange-point-and-mark (C-x C-x)</B> + +<DD> +Swap the point with the mark. The current cursor position is set to +the saved position, and the old cursor position is saved as the mark. +<DT><B>character-search (C-])</B> + +<DD> +A character is read and point is moved to the next occurrence of that +character. A negative count searches for previous occurrences. +<DT><B>character-search-backward (M-C-])</B> + +<DD> +A character is read and point is moved to the previous occurrence of that +character. A negative count searches for subsequent occurrences. +<DT><B>skip-csi-sequence</B> + +<DD> +Read enough characters to consume a multi-key sequence such as those +defined for keys like Home and End. Such sequences begin with a +Control Sequence Indicator (CSI), usually ESC-[. If this sequence is +bound to "\[", keys producing such sequences will have no effect +unless explicitly bound to a readline command, instead of inserting +stray characters into the editing buffer. This is unbound by default, +but usually bound to ESC-[. +<DT><B>insert-comment (M-#)</B> + +<DD> +Without a numeric argument, the value of the readline +<B>comment-begin</B> + +variable is inserted at the beginning of the current line. +If a numeric argument is supplied, this command acts as a toggle: if +the characters at the beginning of the line do not match the value +of <B>comment-begin</B>, the value is inserted, otherwise +the characters in <B>comment-begin</B> are deleted from the beginning of +the line. +In either case, the line is accepted as if a newline had been typed. +The default value of +<B>comment-begin</B> causes this command to make the current line +a shell comment. +If a numeric argument causes the comment character to be removed, the line +will be executed by the shell. +<DT><B>glob-complete-word (M-g)</B> + +<DD> +The word before point is treated as a pattern for pathname expansion, +with an asterisk implicitly appended. This pattern is used to +generate a list of matching filenames for possible completions. +<DT><B>glob-expand-word (C-x *)</B> + +<DD> +The word before point is treated as a pattern for pathname expansion, +and the list of matching filenames is inserted, replacing the word. +If a numeric argument is supplied, an asterisk is appended before +pathname expansion. +<DT><B>glob-list-expansions (C-x g)</B> + +<DD> +The list of expansions that would have been generated by +<B>glob-expand-word</B> + +is displayed, and the line is redrawn. +If a numeric argument is supplied, an asterisk is appended before +pathname expansion. +<DT><B>dump-functions</B> + +<DD> +Print all of the functions and their key bindings to the +readline output stream. If a numeric argument is supplied, +the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part +of an <I>inputrc</I> file. +<DT><B>dump-variables</B> + +<DD> +Print all of the settable readline variables and their values to the +readline output stream. If a numeric argument is supplied, +the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part +of an <I>inputrc</I> file. +<DT><B>dump-macros</B> + +<DD> +Print all of the readline key sequences bound to macros and the +strings they output. If a numeric argument is supplied, +the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part +of an <I>inputrc</I> file. +<DT><B>display-shell-version (C-x C-v)</B> + +<DD> +Display version information about the current instance of +<B>bash</B>. + + +</DL> +<A NAME="lbCV"> </A> +<H4>Programmable Completion</H4> + +When word completion is attempted for an argument to a command for +which a completion specification (a <I>compspec</I>) has been defined +using the <B>complete</B> builtin (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</B> + +</FONT> +below), the programmable completion facilities are invoked. +<P> + +First, the command name is identified. +If the command word is the empty string (completion attempted at the +beginning of an empty line), any compspec defined with +the <B>-E</B> option to <B>complete</B> is used. +If a compspec has been defined for that command, the +compspec is used to generate the list of possible completions for the word. +If the command word is a full pathname, a compspec for the full +pathname is searched for first. +If no compspec is found for the full pathname, an attempt is made to +find a compspec for the portion following the final slash. +If those searches do not result in a compspec, any compspec defined with +the <B>-D</B> option to <B>complete</B> is used as the default. +If there is no default compspec, <B>bash</B> attempts alias expansion +on the command word as a final resort, and attempts to find a compspec +for the command word from any successful expansion. +<P> + +Once a compspec has been found, it is used to generate the list of +matching words. +If a compspec is not found, the default <B>bash</B> completion as +described above under <B>Completing</B> is performed. +<P> + +First, the actions specified by the compspec are used. +Only matches which are prefixed by the word being completed are +returned. +When the +<B>-f</B> + +or +<B>-d</B> + +option is used for filename or directory name completion, the shell +variable +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>FIGNORE</B> + +</FONT> +is used to filter the matches. +<P> + +Any completions specified by a pathname expansion pattern to the +<B>-G</B> option are generated next. +The words generated by the pattern need not match the word +being completed. +The +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>GLOBIGNORE</B> + +</FONT> +shell variable is not used to filter the matches, but the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>FIGNORE</B> + +</FONT> +variable is used. +<P> + +Next, the string specified as the argument to the <B>-W</B> option +is considered. +The string is first split using the characters in the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>IFS</B> + +</FONT> +special variable as delimiters. +Shell quoting is honored. +Each word is then expanded using +brace expansion, tilde expansion, parameter and variable expansion, +command substitution, and arithmetic expansion, +as described above under +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>EXPANSION</B>. + +</FONT> +The results are split using the rules described above under +<B>Word Splitting</B>. +The results of the expansion are prefix-matched against the word being +completed, and the matching words become the possible completions. +<P> + +After these matches have been generated, any shell function or command +specified with the <B>-F</B> and <B>-C</B> options is invoked. +When the command or function is invoked, the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>COMP_LINE</B>, + +</FONT> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>COMP_POINT</B>, + +</FONT> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>COMP_KEY</B>, + +</FONT> +and +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>COMP_TYPE</B> + +</FONT> +variables are assigned values as described above under +<B>Shell Variables</B>. +If a shell function is being invoked, the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>COMP_WORDS</B> + +</FONT> +and +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>COMP_CWORD</B> + +</FONT> +variables are also set. +When the function or command is invoked, +the first argument (<B>$1</B>) is the name of the command whose arguments are +being completed, +the second argument (<B>$2</B>) is the word being completed, +and the third argument (<B>$3</B>) is the word preceding the word being +completed on the current command line. +No filtering of the generated completions against the word being completed +is performed; the function or command has complete freedom in generating +the matches. +<P> + +Any function specified with <B>-F</B> is invoked first. +The function may use any of the shell facilities, including the +<B>compgen</B> builtin described below, to generate the matches. +It must put the possible completions in the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>COMPREPLY</B> + +</FONT> +array variable, one per array element. +<P> + +Next, any command specified with the <B>-C</B> option is invoked +in an environment equivalent to command substitution. +It should print a list of completions, one per line, to the +standard output. +Backslash may be used to escape a newline, if necessary. +<P> + +After all of the possible completions are generated, any filter +specified with the <B>-X</B> option is applied to the list. +The filter is a pattern as used for pathname expansion; a <B>&</B> +in the pattern is replaced with the text of the word being completed. +A literal <B>&</B> may be escaped with a backslash; the backslash +is removed before attempting a match. +Any completion that matches the pattern will be removed from the list. +A leading <B>!</B> negates the pattern; in this case any completion +not matching the pattern will be removed. +If the +<B>nocasematch</B> + +shell option is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case +of alphabetic characters. +<P> + +Finally, any prefix and suffix specified with the <B>-P</B> and <B>-S</B> +options are added to each member of the completion list, and the result is +returned to the readline completion code as the list of possible +completions. +<P> + +If the previously-applied actions do not generate any matches, and the +<B>-o dirnames</B> option was supplied to <B>complete</B> when the +compspec was defined, directory name completion is attempted. +<P> + +If the <B>-o plusdirs</B> option was supplied to <B>complete</B> when the +compspec was defined, directory name completion is attempted and any +matches are added to the results of the other actions. +<P> + +By default, if a compspec is found, whatever it generates is returned +to the completion code as the full set of possible completions. +The default <B>bash</B> completions are not attempted, and the readline +default of filename completion is disabled. +If the <B>-o bashdefault</B> option was supplied to <B>complete</B> when +the compspec was defined, the <B>bash</B> default completions are attempted +if the compspec generates no matches. +If the <B>-o default</B> option was supplied to <B>complete</B> when the +compspec was defined, readline's default completion will be performed +if the compspec (and, if attempted, the default <B>bash</B> completions) +generate no matches. +<P> + +When a compspec indicates that directory name completion is desired, +the programmable completion functions force readline to append a slash +to completed names which are symbolic links to directories, subject to +the value of the <B>mark-directories</B> readline variable, regardless +of the setting of the <B>mark-symlinked-directories</B> readline variable. +<P> + +There is some support for dynamically modifying completions. This is +most useful when used in combination with a default completion specified +with <B>complete -D</B>. +It's possible for shell functions executed as completion +handlers to indicate that completion should be retried by returning an +exit status of 124. If a shell function returns 124, and changes +the compspec associated with the command on which completion is being +attempted (supplied as the first argument when the function is executed), +programmable completion restarts from the beginning, with an +attempt to find a new compspec for that command. This allows a set of +completions to be built dynamically as completion is attempted, rather than +being loaded all at once. +<P> + +For instance, assuming that there is a library of compspecs, each kept in a +file corresponding to the name of the command, the following default +completion function would load completions dynamically: +<P> + +<TT>_completion_loader() +<BR> + +{ +<BR> + +<TT> </TT>. "/etc/bash_completion.d/$1.sh" >/dev/null 2>&1 && return 124<BR> +<BR> + +} +<BR> + +complete -D -F _completion_loader -o bashdefault -o default +<BR> + +</TT> +<A NAME="lbCW"> </A> +<H3>HISTORY</H3> + +When the +<B>-o history</B> + +option to the +<B>set</B> + +builtin is enabled, the shell provides access to the +<I>command history</I>, +the list of commands previously typed. +The value of the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTSIZE</B> + +</FONT> +variable is used as the +number of commands to save in a history list. +The text of the last +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTSIZE</B> + +</FONT> +commands (default 500) is saved. The shell +stores each command in the history list prior to parameter and +variable expansion (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>EXPANSION</B> + +</FONT> +above) but after history expansion is performed, subject to the +values of the shell variables +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTIGNORE</B> + +</FONT> +and +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTCONTROL</B>. + +</FONT> +<P> + +On startup, the history is initialized from the file named by +the variable +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTFILE</B> + +</FONT> +(default <A HREF="file:~/.bash_history"><I>~/.bash_history</I></A>). +The file named by the value of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTFILE</B> + +</FONT> +is truncated, if necessary, to contain no more than +the number of lines specified by the value of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTFILESIZE</B>. + +</FONT> +If <B>HISTFILESIZE</B> is unset, or set to null, a non-numeric value, +or a numeric value less than zero, the history file is not truncated. +When the history file is read, +lines beginning with the history comment character followed immediately +by a digit are interpreted as timestamps for the following history line. +These timestamps are optionally displayed depending on the value of the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTTIMEFORMAT</B> + +</FONT> +variable. +When a shell with history enabled exits, the last +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>$HISTSIZE</B> + +</FONT> +lines are copied from the history list to +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>$HISTFILE</B>. + +</FONT> +If the +<B>histappend</B> + +shell option is enabled +(see the description of +<B>shopt</B> + +under +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</B> + +</FONT> +below), the lines are appended to the history file, +otherwise the history file is overwritten. +If +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTFILE</B> + +</FONT> +is unset, or if the history file is unwritable, the history is +not saved. +If the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTTIMEFORMAT</B> + +</FONT> +variable is set, time stamps are written to the history file, marked +with the history comment character, so +they may be preserved across shell sessions. +This uses the history comment character to distinguish timestamps from +other history lines. +After saving the history, the history file is truncated +to contain no more than +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTFILESIZE</B> + +</FONT> +lines. If +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTFILESIZE</B> + +</FONT> +is unset, or set to null, a non-numeric value, +or a numeric value less than zero, the history file is not truncated. +<P> + +The builtin command +<B>fc</B> + +(see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</B> + +</FONT> +below) may be used to list or edit and re-execute a portion of +the history list. +The +<B>history</B> + +builtin may be used to display or modify the history list and +manipulate the history file. +When using command-line editing, search commands +are available in each editing mode that provide access to the +history list. +<P> + +The shell allows control over which commands are saved on the history +list. The +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTCONTROL</B> + +</FONT> +and +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTIGNORE</B> + +</FONT> +variables may be set to cause the shell to save only a subset of the +commands entered. +The +<B>cmdhist</B> + +shell option, if enabled, causes the shell to attempt to save each +line of a multi-line command in the same history entry, adding +semicolons where necessary to preserve syntactic correctness. +The +<B>lithist</B> + +shell option causes the shell to save the command with embedded newlines +instead of semicolons. See the description of the +<B>shopt</B> + +builtin below under +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</B> + +</FONT> +for information on setting and unsetting shell options. +<A NAME="lbCX"> </A> +<H3>HISTORY EXPANSION</H3> + +The shell supports a history expansion feature that +is similar to the history expansion in +<B>csh</B>. + +This section describes what syntax features are available. This +feature is enabled by default for interactive shells, and can be +disabled using the +<B>+H</B> + +option to the +<B>set</B> + +builtin command (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</B> + +</FONT> +below). Non-interactive shells do not perform history expansion +by default. +<P> + +History expansions introduce words from the history list into +the input stream, making it easy to repeat commands, insert the +arguments to a previous command into the current input line, or +fix errors in previous commands quickly. +<P> + +History expansion is performed immediately after a complete line +is read, before the shell breaks it into words, and is performed +on each line individually without taking quoting on previous lines into +account. +It takes place in two parts. +The first is to determine which line from the history list +to use during substitution. +The second is to select portions of that line for inclusion into +the current one. +The line selected from the history is the <I>event</I>, +and the portions of that line that are acted upon are <I>words</I>. +Various <I>modifiers</I> are available to manipulate the selected words. +The line is broken into words in the same fashion as when reading input, +so that several <I>metacharacter</I>-separated words surrounded by +quotes are considered one word. +History expansions are introduced by the appearance of the +history expansion character, which is <B>!</B> by default. +Only backslash (<B>\</B>) and single quotes can quote +the history expansion character, but the history expansion character is +also treated as quoted if it immediately precedes the closing double quote +in a double-quoted string. +<P> + +Several characters inhibit history expansion if found immediately +following the history expansion character, even if it is unquoted: +space, tab, newline, carriage return, and <B>=</B>. +If the <B>extglob</B> shell option is enabled, <B>(</B> will also +inhibit expansion. +<P> + +Several shell options settable with the +<B>shopt</B> + +builtin may be used to tailor the behavior of history expansion. +If the +<B>histverify</B> + +shell option is enabled (see the description of the +<B>shopt</B> + +builtin below), and +<B>readline</B> + +is being used, history substitutions are not immediately passed to +the shell parser. +Instead, the expanded line is reloaded into the +<B>readline</B> + +editing buffer for further modification. +If +<B>readline</B> + +is being used, and the +<B>histreedit</B> + +shell option is enabled, a failed history substitution will be reloaded +into the +<B>readline</B> + +editing buffer for correction. +The +<B>-p</B> + +option to the +<B>history</B> + +builtin command may be used to see what a history expansion will +do before using it. +The +<B>-s</B> + +option to the +<B>history</B> + +builtin may be used to add commands to the end of the history list +without actually executing them, so that they are available for +subsequent recall. +<P> + +The shell allows control of the various characters used by the +history expansion mechanism (see the description of +<B>histchars</B> + +above under +<B>Shell Variables</B>). + +The shell uses +the history comment character to mark history timestamps when +writing the history file. +<A NAME="lbCY"> </A> +<H4>Event Designators</H4> + +An event designator is a reference to a command line entry in the +history list. +Unless the reference is absolute, events are relative to the current +position in the history list. +<P> + + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>!</B> + +<DD> +Start a history substitution, except when followed by a +<B>blank</B>, + +newline, carriage return, = +or ( (when the <B>extglob</B> shell option is enabled using +the <B>shopt</B> builtin). +<DT><B>!</B><I>n</I> + +<DD> +Refer to command line +<I>n</I>. + +<DT><B>!-</B><I>n</I> + +<DD> +Refer to the current command minus +<I>n</I>. + +<DT><B>!!</B> + +<DD> +Refer to the previous command. This is a synonym for `!-1'. +<DT><B>!</B><I>string</I> + +<DD> +Refer to the most recent command preceding the current position in the +history list starting with +<I>string</I>. + +<DT><B>!?</B><I>string</I><B>[?]</B> + +<DD> +Refer to the most recent command preceding the current position in the +history list containing +<I>string</I>. + +The trailing <B>?</B> may be omitted if +<I>string</I> + +is followed immediately by a newline. +If <I>string</I> is missing, the string from the most recent search is used; +it is an error if there is no previous search string. +<DT><B></B><FONT SIZE=+2><B>^</B></FONT><B></B><I>string1</I><FONT SIZE=+2>^</FONT><I>string2</I><FONT SIZE=+2>^</FONT> + +<DD> +Quick substitution. Repeat the previous command, replacing +<I>string1</I> + +with +<I>string2</I>. + +Equivalent to +``!!:s<FONT SIZE=+2>^</FONT><I>string1</I><FONT SIZE=+2>^</FONT><I>string2</I><FONT SIZE=+2>^</FONT>'' +(see <B>Modifiers</B> below). +<DT><B>!#</B> + +<DD> +The entire command line typed so far. + +</DL> +<A NAME="lbCZ"> </A> +<H4>Word Designators</H4> + +Word designators are used to select desired words from the event. +A +<B>:</B> + +separates the event specification from the word designator. +It may be omitted if the word designator begins with a +<B>^</B>, + +<B>$</B>, + +<B>*</B>, + +<B>-</B>, + +or +<B>%</B>. + +Words are numbered from the beginning of the line, +with the first word being denoted by 0 (zero). +Words are inserted into the current line separated by single spaces. +<P> + + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>0 (zero)</B> + +<DD> +The zeroth word. For the shell, this is the command +word. +<DT><I>n</I> + +<DD> +The <I>n</I>th word. +<DT><B>^</B> + +<DD> +The first argument. That is, word 1. +<DT><B>$</B> + +<DD> +The last word. This is usually the last argument, but will expand to the +zeroth word if there is only one word in the line. +<DT><B>%</B> + +<DD> +The first word matched by the most recent `?<I>string</I>?' search, +if the search string begins with a character that is part of a word. +<DT><I>x</I><B>-</B>y + +<DD> +A range of words; `-<I>y</I>' abbreviates `0-<I>y</I>'. +<DT><B>*</B> + +<DD> +All of the words but the zeroth. This is a synonym +for `<I>1-$</I>'. It is not an error to use +<B>*</B> + +if there is just one +word in the event; the empty string is returned in that case. +<DT><B>x*</B> + +<DD> +Abbreviates <I>x-$</I>. +<DT><B>x-</B> + +<DD> +Abbreviates <I>x-$</I> like <B>x*</B>, but omits the last word. +If <B>x</B> is missing, it defaults to 0. + +</DL> +<P> + +If a word designator is supplied without an event specification, the +previous command is used as the event. +<A NAME="lbDA"> </A> +<H4>Modifiers</H4> + +After the optional word designator, there may appear a sequence of +one or more of the following modifiers, each preceded by a `:'. +These modify, or edit, the word or words selected from the history event. +<P> + + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>h</B> + +<DD> +Remove a trailing filename component, leaving only the head. +<DT><B>t</B> + +<DD> +Remove all leading filename components, leaving the tail. +<DT><B>r</B> + +<DD> +Remove a trailing suffix of the form <I>.xxx</I>, leaving the +basename. +<DT><B>e</B> + +<DD> +Remove all but the trailing suffix. +<DT><B>p</B> + +<DD> +Print the new command but do not execute it. +<DT><B>q</B> + +<DD> +Quote the substituted words, escaping further substitutions. +<DT><B>x</B> + +<DD> +Quote the substituted words as with +<B>q</B>, + +but break into words at +<B>blanks</B> + +and newlines. +The <B>q</B> and <B>x</B> modifiers are mutually exclusive; the last one +supplied is used. +<DT><B>s/</B><I>old</I>/<I>new</I>/ + +<DD> +Substitute +<I>new</I> + +for the first occurrence of +<I>old</I> + +in the event line. +Any character may be used as the delimiter in place of /. +The final delimiter is optional if it is the last character of the +event line. +The delimiter may be quoted in +<I>old</I> + +and +<I>new</I> + +with a single backslash. If & appears in +<I>new</I>, + +it is replaced by +<I>old</I>. + +A single backslash will quote the &. +If +<I>old</I> + +is null, it is set to the last +<I>old</I> + +substituted, or, if no previous history substitutions took place, +the last +<I>string</I> + +in a +<B>!?</B><I>string</I><B>[?]</B> + +search. +If +<I>new</I> + +is null, each matching +<I>old</I> + +is deleted. +<DT><B>&</B> + +<DD> +Repeat the previous substitution. +<DT><B>g</B> + +<DD> +Cause changes to be applied over the entire event line. This is +used in conjunction with `<B>:s</B>' (e.g., `<B>:gs/</B><I>old</I>/<I>new</I>/') +or `<B>:&</B>'. If used with +`<B>:s</B>', any delimiter can be used +in place of /, and the final delimiter is optional +if it is the last character of the event line. +An <B>a</B> may be used as a synonym for <B>g</B>. +<DT><B>G</B> + +<DD> +Apply the following `<B>s</B>' or `<B>&</B>' modifier once to each word +in the event line. + +</DL> +<A NAME="lbDB"> </A> +<H3>SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</H3> + + + +<P> + +Unless otherwise noted, each builtin command documented in this +section as accepting options preceded by +<B>-</B> + +accepts +<B>--</B> + +to signify the end of the options. +The <B>:</B>, <B>true</B>, <B>false</B>, and <B>test</B>/<B>[</B> builtins +do not accept options and do not treat <B>--</B> specially. +The <B>exit</B>, <B>logout</B>, <B>return</B>, +<B>break</B>, <B>continue</B>, <B>let</B>, +and <B>shift</B> builtins accept and process arguments beginning with +<B>-</B> without requiring <B>--</B>. +Other builtins that accept arguments but are not specified as accepting +options interpret arguments beginning with <B>-</B> as invalid options and +require <B>--</B> to prevent this interpretation. +<P> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>:</B> [<I>arguments</I>]<DD> + +No effect; the command does nothing beyond expanding +<I>arguments</I> + +and performing any specified +redirections. +The return status is zero. +<DT><B> . </B> <I>filename</I> [<I>arguments</I>]<DD> + +<DT><B>source</B> <I>filename</I> [<I>arguments</I>]<DD> + +Read and execute commands from +<I>filename</I> + +in the current +shell environment and return the exit status of the last command +executed from +<I>filename</I>. + +If +<I>filename</I> + +does not contain a slash, filenames in +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PATH</B> + +</FONT> +are used to find the directory containing +<I>filename</I>. + +The file searched for in +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PATH</B> + +</FONT> +need not be executable. +When <B>bash</B> is not in <I>posix mode</I>, the current directory is +searched if no file is found in +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PATH</B>. + +</FONT> +If the +<B>sourcepath</B> + +option to the +<B>shopt</B> + +builtin command is turned off, the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PATH</B> + +</FONT> +is not searched. +If any <I>arguments</I> are supplied, they become the positional +parameters when <I>filename</I> is executed. Otherwise the positional +parameters are unchanged. +If the <B>-T</B> option is enabled, <B>source</B> inherits any trap on +<B>DEBUG</B>; if it is not, any <B>DEBUG</B> trap string is saved and +restored around the call to <B>source</B>, and <B>source</B> unsets the +<B>DEBUG</B> trap while it executes. +If <B>-T</B> is not set, and the sourced file changes +the <B>DEBUG</B> trap, the new value is retained when <B>source</B> completes. +The return status is the status of the last command exited within +the script (0 if no commands are executed), and false if +<I>filename</I> + +is not found or cannot be read. +<DT><B>alias</B> [<B>-p</B>] [<I>name</I>[=<I>value</I>] ...]<DD> +<B>Alias</B> with no arguments or with the +<B>-p</B> + +option prints the list of aliases in the form +<B>alias</B> <I>name</I>=<I>value</I> on standard output. +When arguments are supplied, an alias is defined for +each <I>name</I> whose <I>value</I> is given. +A trailing space in <I>value</I> causes the next word to be +checked for alias substitution when the alias is expanded. +For each <I>name</I> in the argument list for which no <I>value</I> +is supplied, the name and value of the alias is printed. +<B>Alias</B> returns true unless a <I>name</I> is given for which +no alias has been defined. +<DT><B>bg</B> [<I>jobspec</I> ...]<DD> +Resume each suspended job <I>jobspec</I> in the background, as if it +had been started with +<B>&</B>. + +If +<I>jobspec</I> + +is not present, the shell's notion of the <I>current job</I> is used. +<B>bg</B> + +<I>jobspec</I> + +returns 0 unless run when job control is disabled or, when run with +job control enabled, any specified <I>jobspec</I> was not found +or was started without job control. +<DT><B>bind</B> [<B>-m</B> <I>keymap</I>] [<B>-lpsvPSVX</B>]<DD> + +<DT><B>bind</B> [<B>-m</B> <I>keymap</I>] [<B>-q</B> <I>function</I>] [<B>-u</B> <I>function</I>] [<B>-r</B> <I>keyseq</I>]<DD> +<DT><B>bind</B> [<B>-m</B> <I>keymap</I>] <B>-f</B> <I>filename</I><DD> +<DT><B>bind</B> [<B>-m</B> <I>keymap</I>] <B>-x</B> <I>keyseq</I>:<I>shell-command</I><DD> +<DT><B>bind</B> [<B>-m</B> <I>keymap</I>] <I>keyseq</I>:<I>function-name</I><DD> +<DT><B>bind</B> [<B>-m</B> <I>keymap</I>] <I>keyseq</I>:<I>readline-command</I><DD> + +Display current +<B>readline</B> + +key and function bindings, bind a key sequence to a +<B>readline</B> + +function or macro, or set a +<B>readline</B> + +variable. +Each non-option argument is a command as it would appear in +<I>.inputrc</I>, + +but each binding or command must be passed as a separate argument; +e.g., '"\C-x\C-r": re-read-init-file'. +Options, if supplied, have the following meanings: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>-m </B><I>keymap</I> + +<DD> +Use +<I>keymap</I> + +as the keymap to be affected by the subsequent bindings. +Acceptable +<I>keymap</I> + +names are +<I>emacs, emacs-standard, emacs-meta, emacs-ctlx, vi, +vi-move, vi-command</I>, and +<I>vi-insert</I>. + +<I>vi</I> is equivalent to <I>vi-command</I> (<I>vi-move</I> is also +a synonym); <I>emacs</I> is +equivalent to <I>emacs-standard</I>. +<DT><B>-l</B> + +<DD> +List the names of all <B>readline</B> functions. +<DT><B>-p</B> + +<DD> +Display <B>readline</B> function names and bindings in such a way +that they can be re-read. +<DT><B>-P</B> + +<DD> +List current <B>readline</B> function names and bindings. +<DT><B>-s</B> + +<DD> +Display <B>readline</B> key sequences bound to macros and the strings +they output in such a way that they can be re-read. +<DT><B>-S</B> + +<DD> +Display <B>readline</B> key sequences bound to macros and the strings +they output. +<DT><B>-v</B> + +<DD> +Display <B>readline</B> variable names and values in such a way that they +can be re-read. +<DT><B>-V</B> + +<DD> +List current <B>readline</B> variable names and values. +<DT><B>-f </B><I>filename</I> + +<DD> +Read key bindings from <I>filename</I>. +<DT><B>-q </B><I>function</I> + +<DD> +Query about which keys invoke the named <I>function</I>. +<DT><B>-u </B><I>function</I> + +<DD> +Unbind all keys bound to the named <I>function</I>. +<DT><B>-r </B><I>keyseq</I> + +<DD> +Remove any current binding for <I>keyseq</I>. +<DT><B>-x </B><I>keyseq</I>:<I>shell-command</I> + +<DD> +Cause <I>shell-command</I> to be executed whenever <I>keyseq</I> is +entered. +When <I>shell-command</I> is executed, the shell sets the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>READLINE_LINE</B> + +</FONT> +variable to the contents of the <B>readline</B> line buffer and the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>READLINE_POINT</B> + +</FONT> +and +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>READLINE_MARK</B> + +</FONT> +variables to the current location of the insertion point and the saved +insertion point (the mark), respectively. +If the executed command changes the value of any of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>READLINE_LINE</B>, + +</FONT> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>READLINE_POINT</B>, + +</FONT> +or +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>READLINE_MARK</B>, + +</FONT> +those new values will be reflected in the editing state. +<DT><B>-X</B> + +<DD> +List all key sequences bound to shell commands and the associated commands +in a format that can be reused as input. + +</DL> +<P> + +The return value is 0 unless an unrecognized option is given or an +error occurred. +</DL> + +<DT><B>break</B> [<I>n</I>]<DD> +Exit from within a +<B>for</B>, + +<B>while</B>, + +<B>until</B>, + +or +<B>select</B> + +loop. If <I>n</I> is specified, break <I>n</I> levels. +<I>n</I> + +must be >= 1. If +<I>n</I> + +is greater than the number of enclosing loops, all enclosing loops +are exited. +The return value is 0 unless <I>n</I> is not greater than or equal to 1. +<DT><B>builtin</B> <I>shell-builtin</I> [<I>arguments</I>]<DD> +Execute the specified shell builtin, passing it +<I>arguments</I>, + +and return its exit status. +This is useful when defining a +function whose name is the same as a shell builtin, +retaining the functionality of the builtin within the function. +The <B>cd</B> builtin is commonly redefined this way. +The return status is false if +<I>shell-builtin</I> + +is not a shell builtin command. +<DT><B>caller</B> [<I>expr</I>]<DD> +Returns the context of any active subroutine call (a shell function or +a script executed with the <B>.</B> or <B>source</B> builtins). +Without <I>expr</I>, <B>caller</B> displays the line number and source +filename of the current subroutine call. +If a non-negative integer is supplied as <I>expr</I>, <B>caller</B> +displays the line number, subroutine name, and source file corresponding +to that position in the current execution call stack. This extra +information may be used, for example, to print a stack trace. The +current frame is frame 0. +The return value is 0 unless the shell is not executing a subroutine +call or <I>expr</I> does not correspond to a valid position in the +call stack. +<DT><B>cd</B> [<B>-L</B>|[<B>-P</B> [<B>-e</B>]] [-@]] [<I>dir</I>]<DD> +Change the current directory to <I>dir</I>. +if <I>dir</I> is not supplied, the value of the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HOME</B> + +</FONT> +shell variable is the default. +Any additional arguments following <I>dir</I> are ignored. +The variable +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>CDPATH</B> + +</FONT> +defines the search path for the directory containing +<I>dir</I>: + +each directory name in +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>CDPATH</B> + +</FONT> +is searched for <I>dir</I>. +Alternative directory names in +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>CDPATH</B> + +</FONT> +are separated by a colon (:). A null directory name in +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>CDPATH</B> + +</FONT> +is the same as the current directory, i.e., ``<B>.</B>''. If +<I>dir</I> + +begins with a slash (/), +then +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>CDPATH</B> + +</FONT> +is not used. The +<B>-P</B> + +option causes <B>cd</B> to use the physical directory structure +by resolving symbolic links while traversing <I>dir</I> and +before processing instances of <I>..</I> in <I>dir</I> (see also the +<B>-P</B> + +option to the +<B>set</B> + +builtin command); the +<B>-L</B> + +option forces symbolic links to be followed by resolving the link +after processing instances of <I>..</I> in <I>dir</I>. +If <I>..</I> appears in <I>dir</I>, it is processed by removing the +immediately previous pathname component from <I>dir</I>, back to a slash +or the beginning of <I>dir</I>. +If the +<B>-e</B> + +option is supplied with +<B>-P</B>, + +and the current working directory cannot be successfully determined +after a successful directory change, <B>cd</B> will return an unsuccessful +status. +On systems that support it, the <B>-@</B> option presents the extended +attributes associated with a file as a directory. +An argument of +<B>-</B> + +is converted to +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>$OLDPWD</B> + +</FONT> +before the directory change is attempted. +If a non-empty directory name from +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>CDPATH</B> + +</FONT> +is used, or if +<B>-</B> is the first argument, and the directory change is +successful, the absolute pathname of the new working directory is +written to the standard output. +The return value is true if the directory was successfully changed; +false otherwise. +<DT><B>command</B> [<B>-pVv</B>] <I>command</I> [<I>arg</I> ...]<DD> +Run +<I>command</I> + +with +<I>args</I> + +suppressing the normal shell function lookup. +Only builtin commands or commands found in the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PATH</B> + +</FONT> +are executed. If the +<B>-p</B> + +option is given, the search for +<I>command</I> + +is performed using a default value for +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PATH</B> + +</FONT> +that is guaranteed to find all of the standard utilities. +If either the +<B>-V</B> + +or +<B>-v</B> + +option is supplied, a description of +<I>command</I> + +is printed. The +<B>-v</B> + +option causes a single word indicating the command or filename +used to invoke +<I>command</I> + +to be displayed; the +<B>-V</B> + +option produces a more verbose description. +If the +<B>-V</B> + +or +<B>-v</B> + +option is supplied, the exit status is 0 if +<I>command</I> + +was found, and 1 if not. If neither option is supplied and +an error occurred or +<I>command</I> + +cannot be found, the exit status is 127. Otherwise, the exit status of the +<B>command</B> + +builtin is the exit status of +<I>command</I>. + +<DT><B>compgen</B> [<I>option</I>] [<I>word</I>]<DD> +Generate possible completion matches for <I>word</I> according to +the <I>option</I>s, which may be any option accepted by the +<B>complete</B> + +builtin with the exception of <B>-p</B> and <B>-r</B>, and write +the matches to the standard output. +When using the <B>-F</B> or <B>-C</B> options, the various shell variables +set by the programmable completion facilities, while available, will not +have useful values. +<P> +The matches will be generated in the same way as if the programmable +completion code had generated them directly from a completion specification +with the same flags. +If <I>word</I> is specified, only those completions matching <I>word</I> +will be displayed. +<P> +The return value is true unless an invalid option is supplied, or no +matches were generated. +<DT><B>complete</B> [<B>-abcdefgjksuv</B>] [<B>-o</B> <I>comp-option</I>] [<B>-DEI</B>] [<B>-A</B> <I>action</I>] [<B>-G</B> <I>globpat</I>] [<B>-W</B> <I>wordlist</I>]<DD> +<BR> + +[<B>-F</B> <I>function</I>] [<B>-C</B> <I>command</I>] [<B>-X</B> <I>filterpat</I>] [<B>-P</B> <I>prefix</I>] [<B>-S</B> <I>suffix</I>] <I>name</I> [<I>name ...</I>] + +<DT><B>complete</B> <B>-pr</B> [<B>-DEI</B>] [<I>name</I> ...]<DD> + +Specify how arguments to each <I>name</I> should be completed. +If the <B>-p</B> option is supplied, or if no options are supplied, +existing completion specifications are printed in a way that allows +them to be reused as input. +The <B>-r</B> option removes a completion specification for +each <I>name</I>, or, if no <I>name</I>s are supplied, all +completion specifications. +The <B>-D</B> option indicates that other supplied options and actions should +apply to the ``default'' command completion; that is, completion attempted +on a command for which no completion has previously been defined. +The <B>-E</B> option indicates that other supplied options and actions should +apply to ``empty'' command completion; that is, completion attempted on a +blank line. +The <B>-I</B> option indicates that other supplied options and actions should +apply to completion on the initial non-assignment word on the line, or after +a command delimiter such as <B>;</B> or <B>|</B>, which is usually command +name completion. +If multiple options are supplied, the <B>-D</B> option takes precedence +over <B>-E</B>, and both take precedence over <B>-I</B>. +If any of <B>-D</B>, <B>-E</B>, or <B>-I</B> are supplied, any other +<I>name</I> arguments are ignored; these completions only apply to the case +specified by the option. +<P> +The process of applying these completion specifications when word completion +is attempted is described above under <B>Programmable Completion</B>. +<P> +Other options, if specified, have the following meanings. +The arguments to the <B>-G</B>, <B>-W</B>, and <B>-X</B> options +(and, if necessary, the <B>-P</B> and <B>-S</B> options) +should be quoted to protect them from expansion before the +<B>complete</B> + +builtin is invoked. +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>-o</B> <I>comp-option</I><DD> +The <I>comp-option</I> controls several aspects of the compspec's behavior +beyond the simple generation of completions. +<I>comp-option</I> may be one of: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>bashdefault</B> + +<DD> +Perform the rest of the default <B>bash</B> completions if the compspec +generates no matches. +<DT><B>default</B> + +<DD> +Use readline's default filename completion if the compspec generates +no matches. +<DT><B>dirnames</B> + +<DD> +Perform directory name completion if the compspec generates no matches. +<DT><B>filenames</B> + +<DD> +Tell readline that the compspec generates filenames, so it can perform any +filename-specific processing (like adding a slash to directory names, +quoting special characters, or suppressing trailing spaces). +Intended to be used with shell functions. +<DT><B>noquote</B> + +<DD> +Tell readline not to quote the completed words if they are filenames +(quoting filenames is the default). +<DT><B>nosort</B> + +<DD> +Tell readline not to sort the list of possible completions alphabetically. +<DT><B>nospace</B> + +<DD> +Tell readline not to append a space (the default) to words completed at +the end of the line. +<DT><B>plusdirs</B> + +<DD> +After any matches defined by the compspec are generated, +directory name completion is attempted and any +matches are added to the results of the other actions. +</DL></DL> + +<DT><B>-A</B> <I>action</I><DD> +The <I>action</I> may be one of the following to generate a list of possible +completions: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>alias</B> + +<DD> +Alias names. May also be specified as <B>-a</B>. +<DT><B>arrayvar</B> + +<DD> +Array variable names. +<DT><B>binding</B> + +<DD> +<B>Readline</B> key binding names. +<DT><B>builtin</B> + +<DD> +Names of shell builtin commands. May also be specified as <B>-b</B>. +<DT><B>command</B> + +<DD> +Command names. May also be specified as <B>-c</B>. +<DT><B>directory</B> + +<DD> +Directory names. May also be specified as <B>-d</B>. +<DT><B>disabled</B> + +<DD> +Names of disabled shell builtins. +<DT><B>enabled</B> + +<DD> +Names of enabled shell builtins. +<DT><B>export</B> + +<DD> +Names of exported shell variables. May also be specified as <B>-e</B>. +<DT><B>file</B> + +<DD> +File names. May also be specified as <B>-f</B>. +<DT><B>function</B> + +<DD> +Names of shell functions. +<DT><B>group</B> + +<DD> +Group names. May also be specified as <B>-g</B>. +<DT><B>helptopic</B> + +<DD> +Help topics as accepted by the <B>help</B> builtin. +<DT><B>hostname</B> + +<DD> +Hostnames, as taken from the file specified by the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HOSTFILE</B> + +</FONT> +shell variable. +<DT><B>job</B> + +<DD> +Job names, if job control is active. May also be specified as <B>-j</B>. +<DT><B>keyword</B> + +<DD> +Shell reserved words. May also be specified as <B>-k</B>. +<DT><B>running</B> + +<DD> +Names of running jobs, if job control is active. +<DT><B>service</B> + +<DD> +Service names. May also be specified as <B>-s</B>. +<DT><B>setopt</B> + +<DD> +Valid arguments for the <B>-o</B> option to the <B>set</B> builtin. +<DT><B>shopt</B> + +<DD> +Shell option names as accepted by the <B>shopt</B> builtin. +<DT><B>signal</B> + +<DD> +Signal names. +<DT><B>stopped</B> + +<DD> +Names of stopped jobs, if job control is active. +<DT><B>user</B> + +<DD> +User names. May also be specified as <B>-u</B>. +<DT><B>variable</B> + +<DD> +Names of all shell variables. May also be specified as <B>-v</B>. +</DL></DL> + +<DT><B>-C</B> <I>command</I><DD> +<I>command</I> is executed in a subshell environment, and its output is +used as the possible completions. +<DT><B>-F</B> <I>function</I><DD> +The shell function <I>function</I> is executed in the current shell +environment. +When the function is executed, +the first argument (<B>$1</B>) is the name of the command whose arguments are +being completed, +the second argument (<B>$2</B>) is the word being completed, +and the third argument (<B>$3</B>) is the word preceding the word being +completed on the current command line. +When it finishes, the possible completions are retrieved from the value +of the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>COMPREPLY</B> + +</FONT> +array variable. +<DT><B>-G</B> <I>globpat</I><DD> +The pathname expansion pattern <I>globpat</I> is expanded to generate +the possible completions. +<DT><B>-P</B> <I>prefix</I><DD> +<I>prefix</I> is added at the beginning of each possible completion +after all other options have been applied. +<DT><B>-S</B> <I>suffix</I><DD> +<I>suffix</I> is appended to each possible completion +after all other options have been applied. +<DT><B>-W</B> <I>wordlist</I><DD> +The <I>wordlist</I> is split using the characters in the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>IFS</B> + +</FONT> +special variable as delimiters, and each resultant word is expanded. +Shell quoting is honored within <I>wordlist</I>, +in order to provide a +mechanism for the words to contain shell metacharacters or characters +in the value of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>IFS</B>. + +</FONT> +The possible completions are the members of the resultant list which +match the word being completed. +<DT><B>-X</B> <I>filterpat</I><DD> +<I>filterpat</I> is a pattern as used for pathname expansion. +It is applied to the list of possible completions generated by the +preceding options and arguments, and each completion matching +<I>filterpat</I> is removed from the list. +A leading <B>!</B> in <I>filterpat</I> negates the pattern; in this +case, any completion not matching <I>filterpat</I> is removed. + +</DL> +<P> + +The return value is true unless an invalid option is supplied, an option +other than <B>-p</B> or <B>-r</B> is supplied without a <I>name</I> +argument, an attempt is made to remove a completion specification for +a <I>name</I> for which no specification exists, or +an error occurs adding a completion specification. +</DL> + +<DT><B>compopt</B> [<B>-o</B> <I>option</I>] [<B>-DEI</B>] [<B>+o</B> <I>option</I>] [<I>name</I>]<DD> +Modify completion options for each <I>name</I> according to the +<I>option</I>s, or for the +currently-executing completion if no <I>name</I>s are supplied. +If no <I>option</I>s are given, display the completion options for each +<I>name</I> or the current completion. +The possible values of <I>option</I> are those valid for the <B>complete</B> +builtin described above. +The <B>-D</B> option indicates that other supplied options should +apply to the ``default'' command completion; that is, completion attempted +on a command for which no completion has previously been defined. +The <B>-E</B> option indicates that other supplied options should +apply to ``empty'' command completion; that is, completion attempted on a +blank line. +The <B>-I</B> option indicates that other supplied options should +apply to completion on the initial non-assignment word on the line, +or after a command delimiter such as <B>;</B> or <B>|</B>, which is usually +command name completion. +<P> +The return value is true unless an invalid option is supplied, an attempt +is made to modify the options for a <I>name</I> for which no completion +specification exists, or an output error occurs. +<DT><B>continue</B> [<I>n</I>]<DD> +Resume the next iteration of the enclosing +<B>for</B>, + +<B>while</B>, + +<B>until</B>, + +or +<B>select</B> + +loop. +If +<I>n</I> + +is specified, resume at the <I>n</I>th enclosing loop. +<I>n</I> + +must be >= 1. If +<I>n</I> + +is greater than the number of enclosing loops, the last enclosing loop +(the ``top-level'' loop) is resumed. +The return value is 0 unless <I>n</I> is not greater than or equal to 1. +<DT><B>declare</B> [<B>-aAfFgiIlnrtux</B>] [<B>-p</B>] [<I>name</I>[=<I>value</I>] ...]<DD> + +<DT><B>typeset</B> [<B>-aAfFgiIlnrtux</B>] [<B>-p</B>] [<I>name</I>[=<I>value</I>] ...]<DD> + +Declare variables and/or give them attributes. +If no <I>name</I>s are given then display the values of variables. +The +<B>-p</B> + +option will display the attributes and values of each +<I>name</I>. + +When +<B>-p</B> + +is used with <I>name</I> arguments, additional options, +other than <B>-f</B> and <B>-F</B>, are ignored. +When +<B>-p</B> + +is supplied without <I>name</I> arguments, it will display the attributes +and values of all variables having the attributes specified by the +additional options. +If no other options are supplied with <B>-p</B>, <B>declare</B> will display +the attributes and values of all shell variables. The <B>-f</B> option +will restrict the display to shell functions. +The +<B>-F</B> + +option inhibits the display of function definitions; only the +function name and attributes are printed. +If the <B>extdebug</B> shell option is enabled using <B>shopt</B>, +the source file name and line number where each <I>name</I> +is defined are displayed as well. The +<B>-F</B> + +option implies +<B>-f</B>. + +The +<B>-g</B> + +option forces variables to be created or modified at the global scope, +even when <B>declare</B> is executed in a shell function. +It is ignored in all other cases. +The +<B>-I</B> + +option causes local variables to inherit the attributes +(except the <I>nameref</I> attribute) +and value of any existing variable with the same +<I>name</I> at a surrounding scope. +If there is no existing variable, the local variable is initially unset. +The following options can +be used to restrict output to variables with the specified attribute or +to give variables attributes: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>-a</B> + +<DD> +Each <I>name</I> is an indexed array variable (see +<B>Arrays</B> + +above). +<DT><B>-A</B> + +<DD> +Each <I>name</I> is an associative array variable (see +<B>Arrays</B> + +above). +<DT><B>-f</B> + +<DD> +Use function names only. +<DT><B>-i</B> + +<DD> +The variable is treated as an integer; arithmetic evaluation (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>ARITHMETIC EVALUATION</B> + +</FONT> +above) is performed when the variable is assigned a value. +<DT><B>-l</B> + +<DD> +When the variable is assigned a value, all upper-case characters are +converted to lower-case. +The upper-case attribute is disabled. +<DT><B>-n</B> + +<DD> +Give each <I>name</I> the <I>nameref</I> attribute, making +it a name reference to another variable. +That other variable is defined by the value of <I>name</I>. +All references, assignments, and attribute modifications +to <I>name</I>, except those using or changing the +<B>-n</B> attribute itself, are performed on the variable referenced by +<I>name</I>'s value. +The nameref attribute cannot be applied to array variables. +<DT><B>-r</B> + +<DD> +Make <I>name</I>s readonly. These names cannot then be assigned values +by subsequent assignment statements or unset. +<DT><B>-t</B> + +<DD> +Give each <I>name</I> the <I>trace</I> attribute. +Traced functions inherit the <B>DEBUG</B> and <B>RETURN</B> traps from +the calling shell. +The trace attribute has no special meaning for variables. +<DT><B>-u</B> + +<DD> +When the variable is assigned a value, all lower-case characters are +converted to upper-case. +The lower-case attribute is disabled. +<DT><B>-x</B> + +<DD> +Mark <I>name</I>s for export to subsequent commands via the environment. + +</DL> +<P> + +Using `+' instead of `-' +turns off the attribute instead, +with the exceptions that <B>+a</B> and <B>+A</B> +may not be used to destroy array variables and <B>+r</B> will not +remove the readonly attribute. +When used in a function, +<B>declare</B> + +and +<B>typeset</B> + +make each +<I>name</I> local, as with the +<B>local</B> + +command, +unless the <B>-g</B> option is supplied. +If a variable name is followed by =<I>value</I>, the value of +the variable is set to <I>value</I>. +When using <B>-a</B> or <B>-A</B> and the compound assignment syntax to +create array variables, additional attributes do not take effect until +subsequent assignments. +The return value is 0 unless an invalid option is encountered, +an attempt is made to define a function using + +<TT>-f foo=bar</TT>, +an attempt is made to assign a value to a readonly variable, +an attempt is made to assign a value to an array variable without +using the compound assignment syntax (see +<B>Arrays</B> + +above), one of the <I>names</I> is not a valid shell variable name, +an attempt is made to turn off readonly status for a readonly variable, +an attempt is made to turn off array status for an array variable, +or an attempt is made to display a non-existent function with <B>-f</B>. +</DL> + +<DT><B>dirs [-clpv</B>] [+<I>n</I>] [-<I>n</I>] + +<DD> +Without options, displays the list of currently remembered directories. +The default display is on a single line with directory names separated +by spaces. +Directories are added to the list with the +<B>pushd</B> + +command; the +<B>popd</B> + +command removes entries from the list. +The current directory is always the first directory in the stack. +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>-c</B> + +<DD> +Clears the directory stack by deleting all of the entries. +<DT><B>-l</B> + +<DD> +Produces a listing using full pathnames; +the default listing format uses a tilde to denote the home directory. +<DT><B>-p</B> + +<DD> +Print the directory stack with one entry per line. +<DT><B>-v</B> + +<DD> +Print the directory stack with one entry per line, +prefixing each entry with its index in the stack. +<DT><B>+</B><I>n</I><DD> +Displays the <I>n</I>th entry counting from the left of the list +shown by +<B>dirs</B> + +when invoked without options, starting with zero. +<DT><B>-</B><I>n</I><DD> +Displays the <I>n</I>th entry counting from the right of the list +shown by +<B>dirs</B> + +when invoked without options, starting with zero. + +</DL> +<P> + +The return value is 0 unless an +invalid option is supplied or <I>n</I> indexes beyond the end +of the directory stack. +</DL> + +<DT><B>disown</B> [<B>-ar</B>] [<B>-h</B>] [<I>jobspec</I> ... | <I>pid</I> ... ]<DD> +Without options, remove each +<I>jobspec</I> + +from the table of active jobs. +If +<I>jobspec</I> + +is not present, and neither the <B>-a</B> nor the <B>-r</B> option +is supplied, the <I>current job</I> is used. +If the <B>-h</B> option is given, each +<I>jobspec</I> + +is not removed from the table, but is marked so that +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SIGHUP</B> + +</FONT> +is not sent to the job if the shell receives a +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SIGHUP</B>. + +</FONT> +If no +<I>jobspec</I> + +is supplied, the +<B>-a</B> + +option means to remove or mark all jobs; the +<B>-r</B> + +option without a +<I>jobspec</I> + +argument restricts operation to running jobs. +The return value is 0 unless a +<I>jobspec</I> + +does not specify a valid job. +<DT><B>echo</B> [<B>-neE</B>] [<I>arg</I> ...]<DD> +Output the <I>arg</I>s, separated by spaces, followed by a newline. +The return status is 0 unless a write error occurs. +If <B>-n</B> is specified, the trailing newline is +suppressed. If the <B>-e</B> option is given, interpretation of +the following backslash-escaped characters is enabled. The +<B>-E</B> + +option disables the interpretation of these escape characters, +even on systems where they are interpreted by default. +The <B>xpg_echo</B> shell option may be used to +dynamically determine whether or not <B>echo</B> expands these +escape characters by default. +<B>echo</B> + +does not interpret <B>--</B> to mean the end of options. +<B>echo</B> + +interprets the following escape sequences: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>\a</B> + +<DD> +alert (bell) +<DT><B>\b</B> + +<DD> +backspace +<DT><B>\c</B> + +<DD> +suppress further output +<DT><B>\e</B> + +<DD> +<DT><B>\E</B> + +<DD> +an escape character +<DT><B>\f</B> + +<DD> +form feed +<DT><B>\n</B> + +<DD> +new line +<DT><B>\r</B> + +<DD> +carriage return +<DT><B>\t</B> + +<DD> +horizontal tab +<DT><B>\v</B> + +<DD> +vertical tab +<DT><B>\\</B> + +<DD> +backslash +<DT><B>\0</B><I>nnn</I> + +<DD> +the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value <I>nnn</I> +(zero to three octal digits) +<DT><B>\x</B><I>HH</I> + +<DD> +the eight-bit character whose value is the hexadecimal value <I>HH</I> +(one or two hex digits) +<DT><B>\u</B><I>HHHH</I> + +<DD> +the Unicode (ISO/IEC 10646) character whose value is the hexadecimal value +<I>HHHH</I> (one to four hex digits) +<DT><B>\U</B><I>HHHHHHHH</I> + +<DD> +the Unicode (ISO/IEC 10646) character whose value is the hexadecimal value +<I>HHHHHHHH</I> (one to eight hex digits) + +</DL></DL> + +<DT><B>enable</B> [<B>-a</B>] [<B>-dnps</B>] [<B>-f</B> <I>filename</I>] [<I>name</I> ...]<DD> +Enable and disable builtin shell commands. +Disabling a builtin allows a disk command which has the same name +as a shell builtin to be executed without specifying a full pathname, +even though the shell normally searches for builtins before disk commands. +If <B>-n</B> is used, each <I>name</I> +is disabled; otherwise, +<I>names</I> are enabled. For example, to use the +<B>test</B> + +binary found via the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PATH</B> + +</FONT> +instead of the shell builtin version, run +<TT>enable -n test</TT>. + +The +<B>-f</B> + +option means to load the new builtin command +<I>name</I> + +from shared object +<I>filename</I>, + +on systems that support dynamic loading. The +<B>-d</B> + +option will delete a builtin previously loaded with +<B>-f</B>. + +If no <I>name</I> arguments are given, or if the +<B>-p</B> + +option is supplied, a list of shell builtins is printed. +With no other option arguments, the list consists of all enabled +shell builtins. +If <B>-n</B> is supplied, only disabled builtins are printed. +If <B>-a</B> is supplied, the list printed includes all builtins, with an +indication of whether or not each is enabled. +If <B>-s</B> is supplied, the output is restricted to the POSIX +<I>special</I> builtins. +The return value is 0 unless a +<I>name</I> + +is not a shell builtin or there is an error loading a new builtin +from a shared object. +<DT><B>eval</B> [<I>arg</I> ...]<DD> +The <I>arg</I>s are read and concatenated together into a single +command. This command is then read and executed by the shell, and +its exit status is returned as the value of +<B>eval</B>. + +If there are no +<I>args</I>, + +or only null arguments, +<B>eval</B> + +returns 0. +<DT><B>exec</B> [<B>-cl</B>] [<B>-a</B> <I>name</I>] [<I>command</I> [<I>arguments</I>]]<DD> +If +<I>command</I> + +is specified, it replaces the shell. +No new process is created. The +<I>arguments</I> + +become the arguments to <I>command</I>. +If the +<B>-l</B> + +option is supplied, +the shell places a dash at the beginning of the zeroth argument passed to +<I>command</I>. + +This is what +<I>login</I>(1) + +does. The +<B>-c</B> + +option causes +<I>command</I> + +to be executed with an empty environment. If +<B>-a</B> + +is supplied, the shell passes +<I>name</I> + +as the zeroth argument to the executed command. +If +<I>command</I> + +cannot be executed for some reason, a non-interactive shell exits, +unless the +<B>execfail</B> + +shell option +is enabled. In that case, it returns failure. +An interactive shell returns failure if the file cannot be executed. +A subshell exits unconditionally if <B>exec</B> fails. +If +<I>command</I> + +is not specified, any redirections take effect in the current shell, +and the return status is 0. If there is a redirection error, the +return status is 1. +<DT><B>exit</B> [<I>n</I>]<DD> +Cause the shell to exit +with a status of <I>n</I>. If +<I>n</I> + +is omitted, the exit status +is that of the last command executed. +A trap on +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>EXIT</B> + +</FONT> +is executed before the shell terminates. +<DT><B>export</B> [<B>-fn</B>] [<I>name</I>[=<I>word</I>]] ...<DD> + +<DT><B>export -p</B> + +<DD> + +The supplied +<I>names</I> + +are marked for automatic export to the environment of +subsequently executed commands. If the +<B>-f</B> + +option is given, the +<I>names</I> + +refer to functions. +If no +<I>names</I> + +are given, or if the +<B>-p</B> + +option is supplied, a list +of names of all exported variables is printed. +The +<B>-n</B> + +option causes the export property to be removed from each +<I>name</I>. +If a variable name is followed by =<I>word</I>, the value of +the variable is set to <I>word</I>. +<B>export</B> + +returns an exit status of 0 unless an invalid option is +encountered, +one of the <I>names</I> is not a valid shell variable name, or +<B>-f</B> + +is supplied with a +<I>name</I> + +that is not a function. +<DT><B>fc</B> [<B>-e</B> <I>ename</I>] [<B>-lnr</B>] [<I>first</I>] [<I>last</I>]<DD> + +<DT><B>fc</B> <B>-s</B> [<I>pat</I>=<I>rep</I>] [<I>cmd</I>]<DD> + +The first form selects a range of commands from +<I>first</I> + +to +<I>last</I> + +from the history list and displays or edits and re-executes them. +<I>First</I> + +and +<I>last</I> + +may be specified as a string (to locate the last command beginning +with that string) or as a number (an index into the history list, +where a negative number is used as an offset from the current +command number). +When listing, a <I>first</I> or <I>last</I> of +0 is equivalent to -1 and -0 is equivalent to the current +command (usually the <B>fc</B> command); otherwise 0 is equivalent to -1 +and -0 is invalid. +If +<I>last</I> + +is not specified, it is set to +the current command for listing (so that + +<TT>fc -l -10</TT> +prints the last 10 commands) and to +<I>first</I> + +otherwise. +If +<I>first</I> + +is not specified, it is set to the previous +command for editing and -16 for listing. +<P> +The +<B>-n</B> + +option suppresses +the command numbers when listing. The +<B>-r</B> + +option reverses the order of +the commands. If the +<B>-l</B> + +option is given, +the commands are listed on +standard output. Otherwise, the editor given by +<I>ename</I> + +is invoked +on a file containing those commands. If +<I>ename</I> + +is not given, the +value of the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>FCEDIT</B> + +</FONT> +variable is used, and +the value of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>EDITOR</B> + +</FONT> +if +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>FCEDIT</B> + +</FONT> +is not set. If neither variable is set, + +<I>vi</I> + +is used. When editing is complete, the edited commands are +echoed and executed. +<P> +In the second form, <I>command</I> is re-executed after each instance +of <I>pat</I> is replaced by <I>rep</I>. +<I>Command</I> is interpreted the same as <I>first</I> above. +A useful alias to use with this is + +<TT>r='fc -s'</TT>, +so that typing + +<TT>r cc</TT> +runs the last command beginning with + +<TT>cc</TT> +and typing + +<TT>r</TT> +re-executes the last command. +<P> +If the first form is used, the return value is 0 unless an invalid +option is encountered or +<I>first</I> + +or +<I>last</I> + +specify history lines out of range. +If the +<B>-e</B> + +option is supplied, the return value is the value of the last +command executed or failure if an error occurs with the temporary +file of commands. If the second form is used, the return status +is that of the command re-executed, unless +<I>cmd</I> + +does not specify a valid history line, in which case +<B>fc</B> + +returns failure. +<DT><B>fg</B> [<I>jobspec</I>]<DD> +Resume +<I>jobspec</I> + +in the foreground, and make it the current job. +If +<I>jobspec</I> + +is not present, the shell's notion of the <I>current job</I> is used. +The return value is that of the command placed into the foreground, +or failure if run when job control is disabled or, when run with +job control enabled, if +<I>jobspec</I> + +does not specify a valid job or +<I>jobspec</I> + +specifies a job that was started without job control. +<DT><B>getopts</B> <I>optstring</I> <I>name</I> [<I>arg ...</I>]<DD> +<B>getopts</B> + +is used by shell procedures to parse positional parameters. +<I>optstring</I> + +contains the option characters to be recognized; if a character +is followed by a colon, the option is expected to have an +argument, which should be separated from it by white space. +The colon and question mark characters may not be used as +option characters. +Each time it is invoked, +<B>getopts</B> + +places the next option in the shell variable +<I>name</I>, + +initializing +<I>name</I> + +if it does not exist, +and the index of the next argument to be processed into the +variable +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>OPTIND</B>. + +</FONT> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>OPTIND</B> + +</FONT> +is initialized to 1 each time the shell or a shell script +is invoked. When an option requires an argument, +<B>getopts</B> + +places that argument into the variable +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>OPTARG</B>. + +</FONT> +The shell does not reset +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>OPTIND</B> + +</FONT> +automatically; it must be manually reset between multiple +calls to +<B>getopts</B> + +within the same shell invocation if a new set of parameters +is to be used. +<P> +When the end of options is encountered, <B>getopts</B> exits with a +return value greater than zero. +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>OPTIND</B> + +</FONT> +is set to the index of the first non-option argument, +and <I>name</I> is set to ?. +<P> +<B>getopts</B> + +normally parses the positional parameters, but if more arguments are +supplied as +<I>arg</I> + +values, +<B>getopts</B> + +parses those instead. +<P> +<B>getopts</B> + +can report errors in two ways. If the first character of +<I>optstring</I> + +is a colon, +<I>silent</I> + +error reporting is used. In normal operation, diagnostic messages +are printed when invalid options or missing option arguments are +encountered. +If the variable +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>OPTERR</B> + +</FONT> +is set to 0, no error messages will be displayed, even if the first +character of +<I>optstring</I> + +is not a colon. +<P> +If an invalid option is seen, +<B>getopts</B> + +places ? into +<I>name</I> + +and, if not silent, +prints an error message and unsets +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>OPTARG</B>. + +</FONT> +If +<B>getopts</B> + +is silent, +the option character found is placed in +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>OPTARG</B> + +</FONT> +and no diagnostic message is printed. +<P> +If a required argument is not found, and +<B>getopts</B> + +is not silent, +a question mark (<B>?</B>) is placed in +<I>name</I>, + +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>OPTARG</B> + +</FONT> +is unset, and a diagnostic message is printed. +If +<B>getopts</B> + +is silent, then a colon (<B>:</B>) is placed in +<I>name</I> + +and +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>OPTARG</B> + +</FONT> +is set to the option character found. +<P> +<B>getopts</B> + +returns true if an option, specified or unspecified, is found. +It returns false if the end of options is encountered or an +error occurs. +<DT><B>hash</B> [<B>-lr</B>] [<B>-p</B> <I>filename</I>] [<B>-dt</B>] [<I>name</I>]<DD> +Each time <B>hash</B> is invoked, +the full pathname of the command +<I>name</I> + +is determined by searching +the directories in +<B>$PATH</B> + +and remembered. Any previously-remembered pathname is discarded. +If the +<B>-p</B> + +option is supplied, no path search is performed, and +<I>filename</I> + +is used as the full filename of the command. +The +<B>-r</B> + +option causes the shell to forget all +remembered locations. +The +<B>-d</B> + +option causes the shell to forget the remembered location of each <I>name</I>. +If the +<B>-t</B> + +option is supplied, the full pathname to which each <I>name</I> corresponds +is printed. If multiple <I>name</I> arguments are supplied with <B>-t</B>, +the <I>name</I> is printed before the hashed full pathname. +The +<B>-l</B> + +option causes output to be displayed in a format that may be reused as input. +If no arguments are given, or if only <B>-l</B> is supplied, +information about remembered commands is printed. +The return status is true unless a +<I>name</I> + +is not found or an invalid option is supplied. +<DT><B>help</B> [<B>-dms</B>] [<I>pattern</I>]<DD> +Display helpful information about builtin commands. If +<I>pattern</I> + +is specified, +<B>help</B> + +gives detailed help on all commands matching +<I>pattern</I>; + +otherwise help for all the builtins and shell control structures +is printed. +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>-d</B> + +<DD> +Display a short description of each <I>pattern</I> +<DT><B>-m</B> + +<DD> +Display the description of each <I>pattern</I> in a manpage-like format +<DT><B>-s</B> + +<DD> +Display only a short usage synopsis for each <I>pattern</I> + +</DL> +<P> + +The return status is 0 unless no command matches +<I>pattern</I>. + +</DL> + +<DT><B>history [</B><I>n</I>]<DD> + +<DT><B>history</B> <B>-c</B><DD> +<DT><B>history -d</B> <I>offset</I><DD> +<DT><B>history -d</B> <I>start</I>-<I>end</I><DD> +<DT><B>history</B> <B>-anrw</B> [<I>filename</I>]<DD> +<DT><B>history</B> <B>-p</B> <I>arg</I> [<I>arg ...</I>]<DD> +<DT><B>history</B> <B>-s</B> <I>arg</I> [<I>arg ...</I>]<DD> + +With no options, display the command +history list with line numbers. Lines listed +with a +<B>*</B> + +have been modified. An argument of +<I>n</I> + +lists only the last +<I>n</I> + +lines. +If the shell variable +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTTIMEFORMAT</B> + +</FONT> +is set and not null, +it is used as a format string for <I>strftime</I>(3) to display +the time stamp associated with each displayed history entry. +No intervening blank is printed between the formatted time stamp +and the history line. +If <I>filename</I> is supplied, it is used as the +name of the history file; if not, the value of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTFILE</B> + +</FONT> +is used. Options, if supplied, have the following meanings: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>-c</B> + +<DD> +Clear the history list by deleting all the entries. +<DT><B>-d</B> <I>offset</I><DD> +Delete the history entry at position <I>offset</I>. +If <I>offset</I> is negative, it is interpreted as relative to one greater +than the last history position, so negative indices count back from the +end of the history, and an index of -1 refers to the current +<B>history -d</B> command. +<DT><B>-d</B> <I>start</I>-<I>end</I><DD> +Delete the history entries between positions <I>start</I> and <I>end</I>, +inclusive. Positive and negative values for <I>start</I> and <I>end</I> +are interpreted as described above. +<DT><B>-a</B> + +<DD> +Append the ``new'' history lines to the history file. +These are history lines entered since the beginning of the current +<B>bash</B> session, but not already appended to the history file. +<DT><B>-n</B> + +<DD> +Read the history lines not already read from the history +file into the current history list. These are lines +appended to the history file since the beginning of the +current <B>bash</B> session. +<DT><B>-r</B> + +<DD> +Read the contents of the history file +and append them to the current history list. +<DT><B>-w</B> + +<DD> +Write the current history list to the history file, overwriting the +history file's contents. +<DT><B>-p</B> + +<DD> +Perform history substitution on the following <I>args</I> and display +the result on the standard output. +Does not store the results in the history list. +Each <I>arg</I> must be quoted to disable normal history expansion. +<DT><B>-s</B> + +<DD> +Store the +<I>args</I> + +in the history list as a single entry. The last command in the +history list is removed before the +<I>args</I> + +are added. + +</DL> +<P> + +If the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTTIMEFORMAT</B> + +</FONT> +variable is set, the time stamp information +associated with each history entry is written to the history file, +marked with the history comment character. +When the history file is read, lines beginning with the history +comment character followed immediately by a digit are interpreted +as timestamps for the following history entry. +The return value is 0 unless an invalid option is encountered, an +error occurs while reading or writing the history file, an invalid +<I>offset</I> is supplied as an argument to <B>-d</B>, or the +history expansion supplied as an argument to <B>-p</B> fails. +</DL> + +<DT><B>jobs</B> [<B>-lnprs</B>] [ <I>jobspec</I> ... ]<DD> + +<DT><B>jobs</B> <B>-x</B> <I>command</I> [ <I>args</I> ... ]<DD> + +The first form lists the active jobs. The options have the following +meanings: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>-l</B> + +<DD> +List process IDs +in addition to the normal information. +<DT><B>-n</B> + +<DD> +Display information only about jobs that have changed status since +the user was last notified of their status. +<DT><B>-p</B> + +<DD> +List only the process ID of the job's process group +leader. +<DT><B>-r</B> + +<DD> +Display only running jobs. +<DT><B>-s</B> + +<DD> +Display only stopped jobs. + +</DL> +<P> + +If +<I>jobspec</I> + +is given, output is restricted to information about that job. +The return status is 0 unless an invalid option is encountered +or an invalid +<I>jobspec</I> + +is supplied. +<P> + +If the +<B>-x</B> + +option is supplied, +<B>jobs</B> + +replaces any +<I>jobspec</I> + +found in +<I>command</I> + +or +<I>args</I> + +with the corresponding process group ID, and executes +<I>command</I> + +passing it +<I>args</I>, + +returning its exit status. +</DL> + +<DT><B>kill</B> [<B>-s</B> <I>sigspec</I> | <B>-n</B> <I>signum</I> | <B>-</B><I>sigspec</I>] [<I>pid</I> | <I>jobspec</I>] ...<DD> + +<DT><B>kill</B> <B>-l</B>|<B>-L</B> [<I>sigspec</I> | <I>exit_status</I>]<DD> + +Send the signal named by +<I>sigspec</I> + +or +<I>signum</I> + +to the processes named by +<I>pid</I> + +or +<I>jobspec</I>. + +<I>sigspec</I> + +is either a case-insensitive signal name such as +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SIGKILL</B> + +</FONT> +(with or without the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SIG</B> + +</FONT> +prefix) or a signal number; +<I>signum</I> + +is a signal number. +If +<I>sigspec</I> + +is not present, then +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SIGTERM</B> + +</FONT> +is assumed. +An argument of +<B>-l</B> + +lists the signal names. +If any arguments are supplied when +<B>-l</B> + +is given, the names of the signals corresponding to the arguments are +listed, and the return status is 0. +The <I>exit_status</I> argument to +<B>-l</B> + +is a number specifying either a signal number or the exit status of +a process terminated by a signal. +The +<B>-L</B> + +option is equivalent to <B>-l</B>. +<B>kill</B> + +returns true if at least one signal was successfully sent, or false +if an error occurs or an invalid option is encountered. +<DT><B>let</B> <I>arg</I> [<I>arg</I> ...]<DD> +Each +<I>arg</I> + +is an arithmetic expression to be evaluated (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>ARITHMETIC EVALUATION</B> + +</FONT> +above). +If the last +<I>arg</I> + +evaluates to 0, +<B>let</B> + +returns 1; 0 is returned otherwise. +<DT><B>local</B> [<I>option</I>] [<I>name</I>[=<I>value</I>] ... | - ]<DD> +For each argument, a local variable named +<I>name</I> + +is created, and assigned +<I>value</I>. + +The <I>option</I> can be any of the options accepted by <B>declare</B>. +When +<B>local</B> + +is used within a function, it causes the variable +<I>name</I> + +to have a visible scope restricted to that function and its children. +If <I>name</I> is -, the set of shell options is made local to the function +in which <B>local</B> is invoked: shell options changed using the +<B>set</B> builtin inside the function are restored to their original values +when the function returns. +The restore is effected as if a series of <B>set</B> commands were executed +to restore the values that were in place before the function. +With no operands, +<B>local</B> + +writes a list of local variables to the standard output. It is +an error to use +<B>local</B> + +when not within a function. The return status is 0 unless +<B>local</B> + +is used outside a function, an invalid +<I>name</I> + +is supplied, or +<I>name</I> is a readonly variable. +<DT><B>logout</B> + +<DD> +Exit a login shell. +<DT><B>mapfile</B> [<B>-d</B> <I>delim</I>] [<B>-n</B> <I>count</I>] [<B>-O</B> <I>origin</I>] [<B>-s</B> <I>count</I>] [<B>-t</B>] [<B>-u</B> <I>fd</I>] [<B>-C</B> <I>callback</I>] [<B>-c</B> <I>quantum</I>] [<I>array</I>]<DD> + +<DT><B>readarray</B> [<B>-d</B> <I>delim</I>] [<B>-n</B> <I>count</I>] [<B>-O</B> <I>origin</I>] [<B>-s</B> <I>count</I>] [<B>-t</B>] [<B>-u</B> <I>fd</I>] [<B>-C</B> <I>callback</I>] [<B>-c</B> <I>quantum</I>] [<I>array</I>]<DD> + +Read lines from the standard input into the indexed array variable +<I>array</I>, + +or from file descriptor +<I>fd</I> + +if the +<B>-u</B> + +option is supplied. +The variable +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>MAPFILE</B> + +</FONT> +is the default <I>array</I>. +Options, if supplied, have the following meanings: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>-d</B> + +<DD> +The first character of <I>delim</I> is used to terminate each input line, +rather than newline. +If <I>delim</I> is the empty string, <B>mapfile</B> will terminate a line +when it reads a NUL character. +<DT><B>-n</B> + +<DD> +Copy at most +<I>count</I> + +lines. If <I>count</I> is 0, all lines are copied. +<DT><B>-O</B> + +<DD> +Begin assigning to +<I>array</I> + +at index +<I>origin</I>. + +The default index is 0. +<DT><B>-s</B> + +<DD> +Discard the first <I>count</I> lines read. +<DT><B>-t</B> + +<DD> +Remove a trailing <I>delim</I> (default newline) from each line read. +<DT><B>-u</B> + +<DD> +Read lines from file descriptor <I>fd</I> instead of the standard input. +<DT><B>-C</B> + +<DD> +Evaluate +<I>callback</I> + +each time <I>quantum</I> lines are read. The <B>-c</B> option specifies +<I>quantum</I>. + +<DT><B>-c</B> + +<DD> +Specify the number of lines read between each call to +<I>callback</I>. + + +</DL> +<P> + +If +<B>-C</B> + +is specified without +<B>-c</B>, + +the default quantum is 5000. +When <I>callback</I> is evaluated, it is supplied the index of the next +array element to be assigned and the line to be assigned to that element +as additional arguments. +<I>callback</I> is evaluated after the line is read but before the +array element is assigned. +<P> + +If not supplied with an explicit origin, <B>mapfile</B> will clear <I>array</I> +before assigning to it. +<P> + +<B>mapfile</B> returns successfully unless an invalid option or option +argument is supplied, <I>array</I> is invalid or unassignable, or if +<I>array</I> is not an indexed array. +</DL> + +<DT><B>popd</B> [-<B>n</B>] [+<I>n</I>] [-<I>n</I>]<DD> +Removes entries from the directory stack. With no arguments, +removes the top directory from the stack, and performs a +<B>cd</B> + +to the new top directory. +Arguments, if supplied, have the following meanings: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>-n</B> + +<DD> +Suppresses the normal change of directory when removing directories +from the stack, so that only the stack is manipulated. +<DT><B>+</B><I>n</I><DD> +Removes the <I>n</I>th entry counting from the left of the list +shown by +<B>dirs</B>, + +starting with zero. For example: + +<TT>popd +0</TT> +removes the first directory, + +<TT>popd +1</TT> +the second. +<DT><B>-</B><I>n</I><DD> +Removes the <I>n</I>th entry counting from the right of the list +shown by +<B>dirs</B>, + +starting with zero. For example: + +<TT>popd -0</TT> +removes the last directory, + +<TT>popd -1</TT> +the next to last. + +</DL> +<P> + +If the +<B>popd</B> + +command is successful, a +<B>dirs</B> + +is performed as well, and the return status is 0. +<B>popd</B> + +returns false if an invalid option is encountered, the directory stack +is empty, a non-existent directory stack entry is specified, or the +directory change fails. +</DL> + +<DT><B>printf</B> [<B>-v</B> <I>var</I>] <I>format</I> [<I>arguments</I>]<DD> +Write the formatted <I>arguments</I> to the standard output under the +control of the <I>format</I>. +The <B>-v</B> option causes the output to be assigned to the variable +<I>var</I> rather than being printed to the standard output. +<P> +The <I>format</I> is a character string which contains three types of objects: +plain characters, which are simply copied to standard output, character +escape sequences, which are converted and copied to the standard output, and +format specifications, each of which causes printing of the next successive +<I>argument</I>. +In addition to the standard <I>printf</I>(1) format specifications, +<B>printf</B> interprets the following extensions: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>%b</B> + +<DD> +causes +<B>printf</B> to expand backslash escape sequences in the corresponding +<I>argument</I> +in the same way as <B>echo -e</B>. +<DT><B>%q</B> + +<DD> +causes <B>printf</B> to output the corresponding +<I>argument</I> in a format that can be reused as shell input. +<DT><B>%(</B><I>datefmt</I>)T + +<DD> +causes <B>printf</B> to output the date-time string resulting from using +<I>datefmt</I> as a format string for <I>strftime</I>(3). +The corresponding <I>argument</I> is an integer representing the number of +seconds since the epoch. +Two special argument values may be used: -1 represents the current +time, and -2 represents the time the shell was invoked. +If no argument is specified, conversion behaves as if -1 had been given. +This is an exception to the usual <B>printf</B> behavior. + +</DL> +<P> + +The %b, %q, and %T directives all use the field width and precision +arguments from the format specification and write that many bytes from +(or use that wide a field for) the expanded argument, which usually +contains more characters than the original. +<P> + +Arguments to non-string format specifiers are treated as C constants, +except that a leading plus or minus sign is allowed, and if the leading +character is a single or double quote, the value is the ASCII value of +the following character. +<P> + +The <I>format</I> is reused as necessary to consume all of the <I>arguments</I>. +If the <I>format</I> requires more <I>arguments</I> than are supplied, the +extra format specifications behave as if a zero value or null string, as +appropriate, had been supplied. +The return value is zero on success, non-zero on failure. +</DL> + +<DT><B>pushd</B> [<B>-n</B>] [+<I>n</I>] [-<I>n</I>]<DD> + +<DT><B>pushd</B> [<B>-n</B>] [<I>dir</I>]<DD> + +Adds a directory to the top of the directory stack, or rotates +the stack, making the new top of the stack the current working +directory. With no arguments, <B>pushd</B> exchanges the top two directories +and returns 0, unless the directory stack is empty. +Arguments, if supplied, have the following meanings: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>-n</B> + +<DD> +Suppresses the normal change of directory when rotating or +adding directories to the stack, so that only the stack is manipulated. +<DT><B>+</B><I>n</I><DD> +Rotates the stack so that the <I>n</I>th directory +(counting from the left of the list shown by +<B>dirs</B>, + +starting with zero) +is at the top. +<DT><B>-</B><I>n</I><DD> +Rotates the stack so that the <I>n</I>th directory +(counting from the right of the list shown by +<B>dirs</B>, + +starting with zero) is at the top. +<DT><I>dir</I> + +<DD> +Adds +<I>dir</I> + +to the directory stack at the top, making it the +new current working directory as if it had been supplied as the argument +to the <B>cd</B> builtin. + +</DL> +<P> + +If the +<B>pushd</B> + +command is successful, a +<B>dirs</B> + +is performed as well. +If the first form is used, +<B>pushd</B> + +returns 0 unless the cd to +<I>dir</I> + +fails. With the second form, +<B>pushd</B> + +returns 0 unless the directory stack is empty, +a non-existent directory stack element is specified, +or the directory change to the specified new current directory +fails. +</DL> + +<DT><B>pwd</B> [<B>-LP</B>]<DD> +Print the absolute pathname of the current working directory. +The pathname printed contains no symbolic links if the +<B>-P</B> + +option is supplied or the +<B>-o physical</B> + +option to the +<B>set</B> + +builtin command is enabled. +If the +<B>-L</B> + +option is used, the pathname printed may contain symbolic links. +The return status is 0 unless an error occurs while +reading the name of the current directory or an +invalid option is supplied. +<DT><B>read</B> [<B>-ers</B>] [<B>-a</B> <I>aname</I>] [<B>-d</B> <I>delim</I>] [<B>-i</B> <I>text</I>] [<B>-n</B> <I>nchars</I>] [<B>-N</B> <I>nchars</I>] [<B>-p</B> <I>prompt</I>] [<B>-t</B> <I>timeout</I>] [<B>-u</B> <I>fd</I>] [<I>name</I> ...]<DD> +One line is read from the standard input, or from the file descriptor +<I>fd</I> supplied as an argument to the <B>-u</B> option, +split into words as described above under <B>Word Splitting</B>, +and the first word +is assigned to the first +<I>name</I>, + +the second word to the second +<I>name</I>, + +and so on. +If there are more words than names, the remaining words and their +intervening delimiters are assigned to the last +<I>name</I>. + +If there are fewer words read from the input stream than names, +the remaining names are assigned empty values. +The characters in +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>IFS</B> + +</FONT> +are used to split the line into words using the same rules the shell +uses for expansion (described above under <B>Word Splitting</B>). +The backslash character (<B>\</B>) may be used to remove any special +meaning for the next character read and for line continuation. +Options, if supplied, have the following meanings: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>-a </B><I>aname</I> + +<DD> +The words are assigned to sequential indices +of the array variable +<I>aname</I>, + +starting at 0. +<I>aname</I> + +is unset before any new values are assigned. +Other <I>name</I> arguments are ignored. +<DT><B>-d </B><I>delim</I> + +<DD> +The first character of <I>delim</I> is used to terminate the input line, +rather than newline. +If <I>delim</I> is the empty string, <B>read</B> will terminate a line +when it reads a NUL character. +<DT><B>-e</B> + +<DD> +If the standard input +is coming from a terminal, +<B>readline</B> + +(see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>READLINE</B> + +</FONT> +above) is used to obtain the line. +Readline uses the current (or default, if line editing was not previously +active) editing settings, but uses Readline's default filename completion. +<DT><B>-i </B><I>text</I> + +<DD> +If +<B>readline</B> + +is being used to read the line, <I>text</I> is placed into the editing +buffer before editing begins. +<DT><B>-n </B><I>nchars</I> + +<DD> +<B>read</B> returns after reading <I>nchars</I> characters rather than +waiting for a complete line of input, but honors a delimiter if fewer +than <I>nchars</I> characters are read before the delimiter. +<DT><B>-N </B><I>nchars</I> + +<DD> +<B>read</B> returns after reading exactly <I>nchars</I> characters rather +than waiting for a complete line of input, unless EOF is encountered or +<B>read</B> times out. +Delimiter characters encountered in the input are +not treated specially and do not cause <B>read</B> to return until +<I>nchars</I> characters are read. +The result is not split on the characters in <B>IFS</B>; the intent is +that the variable is assigned exactly the characters read +(with the exception of backslash; see the <B>-r</B> option below). +<DT><B>-p </B><I>prompt</I> + +<DD> +Display <I>prompt</I> on standard error, without a +trailing newline, before attempting to read any input. The prompt +is displayed only if input is coming from a terminal. +<DT><B>-r</B> + +<DD> +Backslash does not act as an escape character. +The backslash is considered to be part of the line. +In particular, a backslash-newline pair may not then be used as a line +continuation. +<DT><B>-s</B> + +<DD> +Silent mode. If input is coming from a terminal, characters are +not echoed. +<DT><B>-t </B><I>timeout</I> + +<DD> +Cause <B>read</B> to time out and return failure if a complete line of +input (or a specified number of characters) +is not read within <I>timeout</I> seconds. +<I>timeout</I> may be a decimal number with a fractional portion following +the decimal point. +This option is only effective if <B>read</B> is reading input from a +terminal, pipe, or other special file; it has no effect when reading +from regular files. +If <B>read</B> times out, <B>read</B> saves any partial input read into +the specified variable <I>name</I>. +If <I>timeout</I> is 0, <B>read</B> returns immediately, without trying to +read any data. The exit status is 0 if input is available on +the specified file descriptor, non-zero otherwise. +The exit status is greater than 128 if the timeout is exceeded. +<DT><B>-u </B><I>fd</I> + +<DD> +Read input from file descriptor <I>fd</I>. + +</DL> +<P> + +If no +<I>names</I> + +are supplied, the line read, +without the ending delimiter but otherwise unmodified, +is assigned to the variable +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>REPLY</B>. + +</FONT> +The exit status is zero, unless end-of-file is encountered, <B>read</B> +times out (in which case the status is greater than 128), +a variable assignment error (such as assigning to a readonly variable) occurs, +or an invalid file descriptor is supplied as the argument to <B>-u</B>. +</DL> + +<DT><B>readonly</B> [<B>-aAf</B>] [<B>-p</B>] [<I>name</I>[=<I>word</I>] ...]<DD> + +The given +<I>names</I> are marked readonly; the values of these +<I>names</I> + +may not be changed by subsequent assignment. +If the +<B>-f</B> + +option is supplied, the functions corresponding to the +<I>names</I> are so +marked. +The +<B>-a</B> + +option restricts the variables to indexed arrays; the +<B>-A</B> + +option restricts the variables to associative arrays. +If both options are supplied, +<B>-A</B> + +takes precedence. +If no +<I>name</I> + +arguments are given, or if the +<B>-p</B> + +option is supplied, a list of all readonly names is printed. +The other options may be used to restrict the output to a subset of +the set of readonly names. +The +<B>-p</B> + +option causes output to be displayed in a format that +may be reused as input. +If a variable name is followed by =<I>word</I>, the value of +the variable is set to <I>word</I>. +The return status is 0 unless an invalid option is encountered, +one of the +<I>names</I> + +is not a valid shell variable name, or +<B>-f</B> + +is supplied with a +<I>name</I> + +that is not a function. +<DT><B>return</B> [<I>n</I>]<DD> +Causes a function to stop executing and return the value specified by +<I>n</I> + +to its caller. +If +<I>n</I> + +is omitted, the return status is that of the last command +executed in the function body. +If <B>return</B> is executed by a trap handler, the last command used to +determine the status is the last command executed before the trap handler. +If <B>return</B> is executed during a <B>DEBUG</B> trap, the last command +used to determine the status is the last command executed by the trap +handler before <B>return</B> was invoked. +If +<B>return</B> + +is used outside a function, +but during execution of a script by the +<B>.</B> + +(<B>source</B>) command, it causes the shell to stop executing +that script and return either +<I>n</I> + +or the exit status of the last command executed within the +script as the exit status of the script. +If <I>n</I> is supplied, the return value is its least significant +8 bits. +The return status is non-zero if +<B>return</B> + +is supplied a non-numeric argument, or +is used outside a +function and not during execution of a script by <B>.</B> or <B>source</B>. +Any command associated with the <B>RETURN</B> trap is executed +before execution resumes after the function or script. +<DT><B>set</B> [<B>--abefhkmnptuvxBCEHPT</B>] [<B>-o</B> <I>option-name</I>] [<I>arg</I> ...]<DD> + +<DT><B>set</B> [<B>+abefhkmnptuvxBCEHPT</B>] [<B>+o</B> <I>option-name</I>] [<I>arg</I> ...]<DD> + +Without options, the name and value of each shell variable are displayed +in a format that can be reused as input +for setting or resetting the currently-set variables. +Read-only variables cannot be reset. +In <I>posix mode</I>, only shell variables are listed. +The output is sorted according to the current locale. +When options are specified, they set or unset shell attributes. +Any arguments remaining after option processing are treated +as values for the positional parameters and are assigned, in order, to +<B>$1</B>, + +<B>$2</B>, + +<B>...</B> + +<B>$</B><I>n</I>. + +Options, if specified, have the following meanings: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>-a</B> + +<DD> +Each variable or function that is created or modified is given the +export attribute and marked for export to the environment of +subsequent commands. +<DT><B>-b</B> + +<DD> +Report the status of terminated background jobs +immediately, rather than before the next primary prompt. This is +effective only when job control is enabled. +<DT><B>-e</B> + +<DD> +Exit immediately if a +<I>pipeline</I> (which may consist of a single <I>simple command</I>), +a <I>list</I>, +or a <I>compound command</I> +(see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL GRAMMAR</B> + +</FONT> +above), exits with a non-zero status. +The shell does not exit if the +command that fails is part of the command list immediately following a +<B>while</B> + +or +<B>until</B> + +keyword, +part of the test following the +<B>if</B> + +or +<B>elif</B> + +reserved words, part of any command executed in a +<B>&&</B> + +or +<B>||</B> + +list except the command following the final <B>&&</B> or <B>||</B>, +any command in a pipeline but the last, +or if the command's return value is +being inverted with +<B>!</B>. + +If a compound command other than a subshell +returns a non-zero status because a command failed +while <B>-e</B> was being ignored, the shell does not exit. +A trap on <B>ERR</B>, if set, is executed before the shell exits. +This option applies to the shell environment and each subshell environment +separately (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>COMMAND EXECUTION ENVIRONMENT</B> + +</FONT> +above), and may cause +subshells to exit before executing all the commands in the subshell. +<P> + + +If a compound command or shell function executes in a context +where <B>-e</B> is being ignored, +none of the commands executed within the compound command or function body +will be affected by the <B>-e</B> setting, even if <B>-e</B> is set +and a command returns a failure status. +If a compound command or shell function sets <B>-e</B> while executing in +a context where <B>-e</B> is ignored, that setting will not have any +effect until the compound command or the command containing the function +call completes. +<DT><B>-f</B> + +<DD> +Disable pathname expansion. +<DT><B>-h</B> + +<DD> +Remember the location of commands as they are looked up for execution. +This is enabled by default. +<DT><B>-k</B> + +<DD> +All arguments in the form of assignment statements +are placed in the environment for a command, not just +those that precede the command name. +<DT><B>-m</B> + +<DD> +Monitor mode. Job control is enabled. This option is on +by default for interactive shells on systems that support +it (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>JOB CONTROL</B> + +</FONT> +above). +All processes run in a separate process group. +When a background job completes, the shell prints a line +containing its exit status. +<DT><B>-n</B> + +<DD> +Read commands but do not execute them. +This may be used to check a shell script for syntax errors. +This is ignored by interactive shells. +<DT><B>-o </B><I>option-name</I> + +<DD> +The <I>option-name</I> can be one of the following: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>allexport</B> + +<DD> +Same as +<B>-a</B>. + +<DT><B>braceexpand</B> + +<DD> +Same as +<B>-B</B>. + +<DT><B>emacs</B> + +<DD> +Use an emacs-style command line editing interface. This is enabled +by default when the shell is interactive, unless the shell is started +with the +<B>--noediting</B> + +option. +This also affects the editing interface used for <B>read -e</B>. +<DT><B>errexit</B> + +<DD> +Same as +<B>-e</B>. + +<DT><B>errtrace</B> + +<DD> +Same as +<B>-E</B>. + +<DT><B>functrace</B> + +<DD> +Same as +<B>-T</B>. + +<DT><B>hashall</B> + +<DD> +Same as +<B>-h</B>. + +<DT><B>histexpand</B> + +<DD> +Same as +<B>-H</B>. + +<DT><B>history</B> + +<DD> +Enable command history, as described above under +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTORY</B>. + +</FONT> +This option is on by default in interactive shells. +<DT><B>ignoreeof</B> + +<DD> +The effect is as if the shell command +<TT>IGNOREEOF=10</TT> + +had been executed +(see +<B>Shell Variables</B> + +above). +<DT><B>keyword</B> + +<DD> +Same as +<B>-k</B>. + +<DT><B>monitor</B> + +<DD> +Same as +<B>-m</B>. + +<DT><B>noclobber</B> + +<DD> +Same as +<B>-C</B>. + +<DT><B>noexec</B> + +<DD> +Same as +<B>-n</B>. + +<DT><B>noglob</B> + +<DD> +Same as +<B>-f</B>. + +<DT><B>nolog</B> + +<DD> +Currently ignored. +<DT><B>notify</B> + +<DD> +Same as +<B>-b</B>. + +<DT><B>nounset</B> + +<DD> +Same as +<B>-u</B>. + +<DT><B>onecmd</B> + +<DD> +Same as +<B>-t</B>. + +<DT><B>physical</B> + +<DD> +Same as +<B>-P</B>. + +<DT><B>pipefail</B> + +<DD> +If set, the return value of a pipeline is the value of the last +(rightmost) command to exit with a non-zero status, or zero if all +commands in the pipeline exit successfully. +This option is disabled by default. +<DT><B>posix</B> + +<DD> +Change the behavior of +<B>bash</B> + +where the default operation differs +from the POSIX standard to match the standard (<I>posix mode</I>). +See +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SEE ALSO</B> + +</FONT> +below for a reference to a document that details how posix mode affects +bash's behavior. +<DT><B>privileged</B> + +<DD> +Same as +<B>-p</B>. + +<DT><B>verbose</B> + +<DD> +Same as +<B>-v</B>. + +<DT><B>vi</B> + +<DD> +Use a vi-style command line editing interface. +This also affects the editing interface used for <B>read -e</B>. +<DT><B>xtrace</B> + +<DD> +Same as +<B>-x</B>. + +<P> +</DL> +<P> + +If +<B>-o</B> + +is supplied with no <I>option-name</I>, the values of the current options are +printed. +If +<B>+o</B> + +is supplied with no <I>option-name</I>, a series of +<B>set</B> + +commands to recreate the current option settings is displayed on +the standard output. +</DL> + +<DT><B>-p</B> + +<DD> +Turn on +<I>privileged</I> + +mode. In this mode, the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>$ENV</B> + +</FONT> +and +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>$BASH_ENV</B> + +</FONT> +files are not processed, shell functions are not inherited from the +environment, and the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELLOPTS</B>, + +</FONT> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASHOPTS</B>, + +</FONT> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>CDPATH</B>, + +</FONT> +and +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>GLOBIGNORE</B> + +</FONT> +variables, if they appear in the environment, are ignored. +If the shell is started with the effective user (group) id not equal to the +real user (group) id, and the <B>-p</B> option is not supplied, these actions +are taken and the effective user id is set to the real user id. +If the <B>-p</B> option is supplied at startup, the effective user id is +not reset. +Turning this option off causes the effective user +and group ids to be set to the real user and group ids. +<DT><B>-t</B> + +<DD> +Exit after reading and executing one command. +<DT><B>-u</B> + +<DD> +Treat unset variables and parameters other than the special +parameters "@" and "*" as an error when performing +parameter expansion. If expansion is attempted on an +unset variable or parameter, the shell prints an error message, and, +if not interactive, exits with a non-zero status. +<DT><B>-v</B> + +<DD> +Print shell input lines as they are read. +<DT><B>-x</B> + +<DD> +After expanding each <I>simple command</I>, +<B>for</B> command, <B>case</B> command, <B>select</B> command, or +arithmetic <B>for</B> command, display the expanded value of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PS4</B>, + +</FONT> +followed by the command and its expanded arguments +or associated word list. +<DT><B>-B</B> + +<DD> +The shell performs brace expansion (see +<B>Brace Expansion</B> + +above). This is on by default. +<DT><B>-C</B> + +<DD> +If set, +<B>bash</B> + +does not overwrite an existing file with the +<B>></B>, + +<B>>&</B>, + +and +<B><></B> + +redirection operators. This may be overridden when +creating output files by using the redirection operator +<B>>|</B> + +instead of +<B>></B>. + +<DT><B>-E</B> + +<DD> +If set, any trap on <B>ERR</B> is inherited by shell functions, command +substitutions, and commands executed in a subshell environment. +The <B>ERR</B> trap is normally not inherited in such cases. +<DT><B>-H</B> + +<DD> +Enable +<B>!</B> + +style history substitution. This option is on by +default when the shell is interactive. +<DT><B>-P</B> + +<DD> +If set, the shell does not resolve symbolic links when executing +commands such as +<B>cd</B> + +that change the current working directory. It uses the +physical directory structure instead. By default, +<B>bash</B> + +follows the logical chain of directories when performing commands +which change the current directory. +<DT><B>-T</B> + +<DD> +If set, any traps on <B>DEBUG</B> and <B>RETURN</B> are inherited by shell +functions, command substitutions, and commands executed in a +subshell environment. +The <B>DEBUG</B> and <B>RETURN</B> traps are normally not inherited +in such cases. +<DT><B>--</B> + +<DD> +If no arguments follow this option, then the positional parameters are +unset. Otherwise, the positional parameters are set to the +<I>arg</I>s, even if some of them begin with a +<B>-</B>. + +<DT><B>-</B> + +<DD> +Signal the end of options, cause all remaining <I>arg</I>s to be +assigned to the positional parameters. The +<B>-x</B> + +and +<B>-v</B> + +options are turned off. +If there are no <I>arg</I>s, +the positional parameters remain unchanged. + +</DL> +<P> + +The options are off by default unless otherwise noted. +Using + rather than - causes these options to be turned off. +The options can also be specified as arguments to an invocation of +the shell. +The current set of options may be found in +<B>$-</B>. + +The return status is always true unless an invalid option is encountered. +</DL> + +<DT><B>shift</B> [<I>n</I>]<DD> +The positional parameters from <I>n</I>+1 ... are renamed to +<B>$1</B> + +<B>....</B> + +Parameters represented by the numbers <B>$#</B> +down to <B>$#</B>-<I>n</I>+1 are unset. +<I>n</I> + +must be a non-negative number less than or equal to <B>$#</B>. +If +<I>n</I> + +is 0, no parameters are changed. +If +<I>n</I> + +is not given, it is assumed to be 1. +If +<I>n</I> + +is greater than <B>$#</B>, the positional parameters are not changed. +The return status is greater than zero if +<I>n</I> + +is greater than +<B>$#</B> + +or less than zero; otherwise 0. +<DT><B>shopt</B> [<B>-pqsu</B>] [<B>-o</B>] [<I>optname</I> ...]<DD> +Toggle the values of settings controlling optional shell behavior. +The settings can be either those listed below, or, if the +<B>-o</B> + +option is used, those available with the +<B>-o</B> + +option to the <B>set</B> builtin command. +With no options, or with the +<B>-p</B> + +option, a list of all settable options is displayed, with +an indication of whether or not each is set; +if <I>optnames</I> are supplied, the output is restricted to those options. +The <B>-p</B> option causes output to be displayed in a form that +may be reused as input. +Other options have the following meanings: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>-s</B> + +<DD> +Enable (set) each <I>optname</I>. +<DT><B>-u</B> + +<DD> +Disable (unset) each <I>optname</I>. +<DT><B>-q</B> + +<DD> +Suppresses normal output (quiet mode); the return status indicates +whether the <I>optname</I> is set or unset. +If multiple <I>optname</I> arguments are given with +<B>-q</B>, + +the return status is zero if all <I>optnames</I> are enabled; non-zero +otherwise. +<DT><B>-o</B> + +<DD> +Restricts the values of <I>optname</I> to be those defined for the +<B>-o</B> + +option to the +<B>set</B> + +builtin. + +</DL> +<P> + +If either +<B>-s</B> + +or +<B>-u</B> + +is used with no <I>optname</I> arguments, +<B>shopt</B> + +shows only those options which are set or unset, respectively. +Unless otherwise noted, the <B>shopt</B> options are disabled (unset) +by default. +<P> + +The return status when listing options is zero if all <I>optnames</I> +are enabled, non-zero otherwise. When setting or unsetting options, +the return status is zero unless an <I>optname</I> is not a valid shell +option. +<P> + +The list of <B>shopt</B> options is: +<P> + + + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>assoc_expand_once</B> + +<DD> +If set, the shell suppresses multiple evaluation of associative array +subscripts during arithmetic expression evaluation, while executing +builtins that can perform variable assignments, +and while executing builtins that perform array dereferencing. +<DT><B>autocd</B> + +<DD> +If set, a command name that is the name of a directory is executed as if +it were the argument to the <B>cd</B> command. +This option is only used by interactive shells. +<DT><B>cdable_vars</B> + +<DD> +If set, an argument to the +<B>cd</B> + +builtin command that +is not a directory is assumed to be the name of a variable whose +value is the directory to change to. +<DT><B>cdspell</B> + +<DD> +If set, minor errors in the spelling of a directory component in a +<B>cd</B> + +command will be corrected. +The errors checked for are transposed characters, +a missing character, and one character too many. +If a correction is found, the corrected filename is printed, +and the command proceeds. +This option is only used by interactive shells. +<DT><B>checkhash</B> + +<DD> +If set, <B>bash</B> checks that a command found in the hash +table exists before trying to execute it. If a hashed command no +longer exists, a normal path search is performed. +<DT><B>checkjobs</B> + +<DD> +If set, <B>bash</B> lists the status of any stopped and running jobs before +exiting an interactive shell. If any jobs are running, this causes +the exit to be deferred until a second exit is attempted without an +intervening command (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>JOB CONTROL</B> + +</FONT> +above). The shell always +postpones exiting if any jobs are stopped. +<DT><B>checkwinsize</B> + +<DD> +If set, <B>bash</B> checks the window size after each external (non-builtin) +command and, if necessary, updates the values of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>LINES</B> + +</FONT> +and +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>COLUMNS</B>. + +</FONT> +This option is enabled by default. +<DT><B>cmdhist</B> + +<DD> +If set, +<B>bash</B> + +attempts to save all lines of a multiple-line +command in the same history entry. This allows +easy re-editing of multi-line commands. +This option is enabled by default, but only has an effect if command +history is enabled, as described above under +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTORY</B>. + +</FONT> + +<DT><B>compat31</B> + +<DD> +<DT><B>compat32</B> + +<DD> +<DT><B>compat40</B> + +<DD> +<DT><B>compat41</B> + +<DD> +<DT><B>compat42</B> + +<DD> +<DT><B>compat43</B> + +<DD> +<DT><B>compat44</B> + +<DD> + +These control aspects of the shell's compatibility mode +(see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL COMPATIBILITY MODE</B> + +</FONT> +below). +<DT><B>complete_fullquote</B> + +<DD> +If set, +<B>bash</B> + +quotes all shell metacharacters in filenames and directory names when +performing completion. +If not set, +<B>bash</B> + +removes metacharacters such as the dollar sign from the set of +characters that will be quoted in completed filenames +when these metacharacters appear in shell variable references in words to be +completed. +This means that dollar signs in variable names that expand to directories +will not be quoted; +however, any dollar signs appearing in filenames will not be quoted, either. +This is active only when bash is using backslashes to quote completed +filenames. +This variable is set by default, which is the default bash behavior in +versions through 4.2. +<DT><B>direxpand</B> + +<DD> +If set, +<B>bash</B> + +replaces directory names with the results of word expansion when performing +filename completion. This changes the contents of the readline editing +buffer. +If not set, +<B>bash</B> + +attempts to preserve what the user typed. +<DT><B>dirspell</B> + +<DD> +If set, +<B>bash</B> + +attempts spelling correction on directory names during word completion +if the directory name initially supplied does not exist. +<DT><B>dotglob</B> + +<DD> +If set, +<B>bash</B> + +includes filenames beginning with a `.' in the results of pathname +expansion. +The filenames +<B>``.''</B> + +and +<B>``..''</B> + +must always be matched explicitly, even if +<B>dotglob</B> + +is set. +<DT><B>execfail</B> + +<DD> +If set, a non-interactive shell will not exit if +it cannot execute the file specified as an argument to the +<B>exec</B> + +builtin command. An interactive shell does not exit if +<B>exec</B> + +fails. +<DT><B>expand_aliases</B> + +<DD> +If set, aliases are expanded as described above under +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>ALIASES</B>. + +</FONT> +This option is enabled by default for interactive shells. +<DT><B>extdebug</B> + +<DD> +If set at shell invocation, +or in a shell startup file, +arrange to execute the debugger profile +before the shell starts, identical to the <B>--debugger</B> option. +If set after invocation, behavior intended for use by debuggers is enabled: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>1.</B> + +<DD> +The <B>-F</B> option to the <B>declare</B> builtin displays the source +file name and line number corresponding to each function name supplied +as an argument. +<DT><B>2.</B> + +<DD> +If the command run by the <B>DEBUG</B> trap returns a non-zero value, the +next command is skipped and not executed. +<DT><B>3.</B> + +<DD> +If the command run by the <B>DEBUG</B> trap returns a value of 2, and the +shell is executing in a subroutine (a shell function or a shell script +executed by the <B>.</B> or <B>source</B> builtins), the shell simulates +a call to <B>return</B>. +<DT><B>4.</B> + +<DD> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASH_ARGC</B> + +</FONT> +and +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASH_ARGV</B> + +</FONT> +are updated as described in their descriptions above. +<DT><B>5.</B> + +<DD> +Function tracing is enabled: command substitution, shell functions, and +subshells invoked with <B>(</B> <I>command</I> <B>)</B> inherit the +<B>DEBUG</B> and <B>RETURN</B> traps. +<DT><B>6.</B> + +<DD> +Error tracing is enabled: command substitution, shell functions, and +subshells invoked with <B>(</B> <I>command</I> <B>)</B> inherit the +<B>ERR</B> trap. +</DL></DL> + +<DT><B>extglob</B> + +<DD> +If set, the extended pattern matching features described above under +<B>Pathname Expansion</B> are enabled. +<DT><B>extquote</B> + +<DD> +If set, <B>$</B>aq<I>string</I>aq and <B>$</B>"<I>string</I>" quoting is +performed within <B>${</B><I>parameter</I><B>}</B> expansions +enclosed in double quotes. This option is enabled by default. +<DT><B>failglob</B> + +<DD> +If set, patterns which fail to match filenames during pathname expansion +result in an expansion error. +<DT><B>force_fignore</B> + +<DD> +If set, the suffixes specified by the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>FIGNORE</B> + +</FONT> +shell variable +cause words to be ignored when performing word completion even if +the ignored words are the only possible completions. +See +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL VARIABLES</B></FONT> +above for a description of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>FIGNORE</B>. + +</FONT> +This option is enabled by default. +<DT><B>globasciiranges</B> + +<DD> +If set, range expressions used in pattern matching bracket expressions (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>Pattern Matching</B> + +</FONT> +above) behave as if in the traditional C locale when performing +comparisons. That is, the current locale's collating sequence +is not taken into account, so +<B>b</B> + +will not collate between +<B>A</B> + +and +<B>B</B>, + +and upper-case and lower-case ASCII characters will collate together. +<DT><B>globstar</B> + +<DD> +If set, the pattern <B>**</B> used in a pathname expansion context will +match all files and zero or more directories and subdirectories. +If the pattern is followed by a <B>/</B>, only directories and +subdirectories match. +<DT><B>gnu_errfmt</B> + +<DD> +If set, shell error messages are written in the standard GNU error +message format. +<DT><B>histappend</B> + +<DD> +If set, the history list is appended to the file named by the value +of the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTFILE</B> + +</FONT> +variable when the shell exits, rather than overwriting the file. +<DT><B>histreedit</B> + +<DD> +If set, and +<B>readline</B> + +is being used, a user is given the opportunity to re-edit a +failed history substitution. +<DT><B>histverify</B> + +<DD> +If set, and +<B>readline</B> + +is being used, the results of history substitution are not immediately +passed to the shell parser. Instead, the resulting line is loaded into +the <B>readline</B> editing buffer, allowing further modification. +<DT><B>hostcomplete</B> + +<DD> +If set, and +<B>readline</B> + +is being used, <B>bash</B> will attempt to perform hostname completion when a +word containing a <B>@</B> is being completed (see +<B>Completing</B> + +under +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>READLINE</B> + +</FONT> +above). +This is enabled by default. +<DT><B>huponexit</B> + +<DD> +If set, <B>bash</B> will send +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SIGHUP</B> + +</FONT> +to all jobs when an interactive login shell exits. +<DT><B>inherit_errexit</B> + +<DD> +If set, command substitution inherits the value of the <B>errexit</B> option, +instead of unsetting it in the subshell environment. +This option is enabled when <I>posix mode</I> is enabled. +<DT><B>interactive_comments</B> + +<DD> +If set, allow a word beginning with +<B>#</B> + +to cause that word and all remaining characters on that +line to be ignored in an interactive shell (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>COMMENTS</B> + +</FONT> +above). This option is enabled by default. +<DT><B>lastpipe</B> + +<DD> +If set, and job control is not active, the shell runs the last command of +a pipeline not executed in the background in the current shell environment. +<DT><B>lithist</B> + +<DD> +If set, and the +<B>cmdhist</B> + +option is enabled, multi-line commands are saved to the history with +embedded newlines rather than using semicolon separators where possible. +<DT><B>localvar_inherit</B> + +<DD> +If set, local variables inherit the value and attributes of a variable of +the same name that exists at a previous scope before any new value is +assigned. The nameref attribute is not inherited. +<DT><B>localvar_unset</B> + +<DD> +If set, calling <B>unset</B> on local variables in previous function scopes +marks them so subsequent lookups find them unset until that function +returns. This is identical to the behavior of unsetting local variables +at the current function scope. +<DT><B>login_shell</B> + +<DD> +The shell sets this option if it is started as a login shell (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>INVOCATION</B> + +</FONT> +above). +The value may not be changed. +<DT><B>mailwarn</B> + +<DD> +If set, and a file that <B>bash</B> is checking for mail has been +accessed since the last time it was checked, the message ``The mail in +<I>mailfile</I> has been read'' is displayed. +<DT><B>no_empty_cmd_completion</B> + +<DD> +If set, and +<B>readline</B> + +is being used, +<B>bash</B> + +will not attempt to search the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PATH</B> + +</FONT> +for possible completions when +completion is attempted on an empty line. +<DT><B>nocaseglob</B> + +<DD> +If set, +<B>bash</B> + +matches filenames in a case-insensitive fashion when performing pathname +expansion (see +<B>Pathname Expansion</B> + +above). +<DT><B>nocasematch</B> + +<DD> +If set, +<B>bash</B> + +matches patterns in a case-insensitive fashion when performing matching +while executing <B>case</B> or <B>[[</B> conditional commands, +when performing pattern substitution word expansions, +or when filtering possible completions as part of programmable completion. +<DT><B>nullglob</B> + +<DD> +If set, +<B>bash</B> + +allows patterns which match no +files (see +<B>Pathname Expansion</B> + +above) +to expand to a null string, rather than themselves. +<DT><B>progcomp</B> + +<DD> +If set, the programmable completion facilities (see +<B>Programmable Completion</B> above) are enabled. +This option is enabled by default. +<DT><B>progcomp_alias</B> + +<DD> +If set, and programmable completion is enabled, <B>bash</B> treats a command +name that doesn't have any completions as a possible alias and attempts +alias expansion. If it has an alias, <B>bash</B> attempts programmable +completion using the command word resulting from the expanded alias. +<DT><B>promptvars</B> + +<DD> +If set, prompt strings undergo +parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic +expansion, and quote removal after being expanded as described in +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PROMPTING</B> + +</FONT> +above. This option is enabled by default. +<DT><B>restricted_shell</B> + +<DD> +The shell sets this option if it is started in restricted mode (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>RESTRICTED SHELL</B> + +</FONT> +below). +The value may not be changed. +This is not reset when the startup files are executed, allowing +the startup files to discover whether or not a shell is restricted. +<DT><B>shift_verbose</B> + +<DD> +If set, the +<B>shift</B> + +builtin prints an error message when the shift count exceeds the +number of positional parameters. +<DT><B>sourcepath</B> + +<DD> +If set, the +<B>source</B> (<B>.</B>) builtin uses the value of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PATH</B> + +</FONT> +to find the directory containing the file supplied as an argument. +This option is enabled by default. +<DT><B>xpg_echo</B> + +<DD> +If set, the <B>echo</B> builtin expands backslash-escape sequences +by default. +</DL></DL> + + +<DT><B>suspend</B> [<B>-f</B>]<DD> +Suspend the execution of this shell until it receives a +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SIGCONT</B> + +</FONT> +signal. A login shell cannot be suspended; the +<B>-f</B> + +option can be used to override this and force the suspension. +The return status is 0 unless the shell is a login shell and +<B>-f</B> + +is not supplied, or if job control is not enabled. +<DT><B>test</B> <I>expr</I><DD> + +<DT><B>[</B> <I>expr</I> <B>]</B><DD> +Return a status of 0 (true) or 1 (false) depending on +the evaluation of the conditional expression +<I>expr</I>. + +Each operator and operand must be a separate argument. +Expressions are composed of the primaries described above under + +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS</B>. + +</FONT> +<B>test</B> does not accept any options, nor does it accept and ignore +an argument of <B>--</B> as signifying the end of options. +<P> + + +Expressions may be combined using the following operators, listed +in decreasing order of precedence. +The evaluation depends on the number of arguments; see below. +Operator precedence is used when there are five or more arguments. +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>! </B><I>expr</I> + +<DD> +True if +<I>expr</I> + +is false. +<DT><B>( </B><I>expr</I> ) + +<DD> +Returns the value of <I>expr</I>. +This may be used to override the normal precedence of operators. +<DT><I>expr1</I> -<B>a</B> <I>expr2</I><DD> +True if both +<I>expr1</I> + +and +<I>expr2</I> + +are true. +<DT><I>expr1</I> -<B>o</B> <I>expr2</I><DD> +True if either +<I>expr1</I> + +or +<I>expr2</I> + +is true. + +</DL> +<P> + +<B>test</B> and <B>[</B> evaluate conditional +expressions using a set of rules based on the number of arguments. +<P> + + + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT>0 arguments<DD> +The expression is false. +<DT>1 argument<DD> +The expression is true if and only if the argument is not null. +<DT>2 arguments<DD> +If the first argument is <B>!</B>, the expression is true if and +only if the second argument is null. +If the first argument is one of the unary conditional operators listed above +under +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS</B>, + +</FONT> +the expression is true if the unary test is true. +If the first argument is not a valid unary conditional operator, the expression +is false. +<DT>3 arguments<DD> +The following conditions are applied in the order listed. +If the second argument is one of the binary conditional operators listed above +under +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS</B>, + +</FONT> +the result of the expression is the result of the binary test using +the first and third arguments as operands. +The <B>-a</B> and <B>-o</B> operators are considered binary operators +when there are three arguments. +If the first argument is <B>!</B>, the value is the negation of +the two-argument test using the second and third arguments. +If the first argument is exactly <B>(</B> and the third argument is +exactly <B>)</B>, the result is the one-argument test of the second +argument. +Otherwise, the expression is false. +<DT>4 arguments<DD> +If the first argument is <B>!</B>, the result is the negation of +the three-argument expression composed of the remaining arguments. +Otherwise, the expression is parsed and evaluated according to +precedence using the rules listed above. +<DT>5 or more arguments<DD> +The expression is parsed and evaluated according to precedence +using the rules listed above. +<P> + + +</DL> +<P> + +When used with <B>test</B> or <B>[</B>, the <B><</B> and <B>></B> operators +sort lexicographically using ASCII ordering. +</DL> + + +<DT><B>times</B> + +<DD> +Print the accumulated user and system times for the shell and +for processes run from the shell. The return status is 0. +<DT><B>trap</B> [<B>-lp</B>] [[<I>arg</I>] <I>sigspec</I> ...]<DD> +The command +<I>arg</I> + +is to be read and executed when the shell receives +signal(s) +<I>sigspec</I>. + +If +<I>arg</I> + +is absent (and there is a single <I>sigspec</I>) or +<B>-</B>, + +each specified signal is +reset to its original disposition (the value it had +upon entrance to the shell). +If +<I>arg</I> + +is the null string the signal specified by each +<I>sigspec</I> + +is ignored by the shell and by the commands it invokes. +If +<I>arg</I> + +is not present and +<B>-p</B> + +has been supplied, then the trap commands associated with each +<I>sigspec</I> + +are displayed. +If no arguments are supplied or if only +<B>-p</B> + +is given, +<B>trap</B> + +prints the list of commands associated with each signal. +The +<B>-l</B> + +option causes the shell to print a list of signal names and +their corresponding numbers. +Each +<I>sigspec</I> + +is either +a signal name defined in <<I>signal.h</I>>, or a signal number. +Signal names are case insensitive and the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SIG</B> + +</FONT> +prefix is optional. +<P> + + +If a +<I>sigspec</I> + +is +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>EXIT</B> + +</FONT> +(0) the command +<I>arg</I> + +is executed on exit from the shell. +If a +<I>sigspec</I> + +is +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>DEBUG</B>, + +</FONT> +the command +<I>arg</I> + +is executed before every <I>simple command</I>, <I>for</I> command, +<I>case</I> command, <I>select</I> command, every arithmetic <I>for</I> +command, and before the first command executes in a shell function (see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL GRAMMAR</B> + +</FONT> +above). +Refer to the description of the <B>extdebug</B> option to the +<B>shopt</B> builtin for details of its effect on the <B>DEBUG</B> trap. +If a +<I>sigspec</I> + +is +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>RETURN</B>, + +</FONT> +the command +<I>arg</I> + +is executed each time a shell function or a script executed with +the <B>.</B> or <B>source</B> builtins finishes executing. +<P> + + +If a +<I>sigspec</I> + +is +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>ERR</B>, + +</FONT> +the command +<I>arg</I> + +is executed whenever +a pipeline (which may consist of a single simple +command), a list, or a compound command returns a +non-zero exit status, +subject to the following conditions. +The +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>ERR</B> + +</FONT> +trap is not executed if the failed +command is part of the command list immediately following a +<B>while</B> + +or +<B>until</B> + +keyword, +part of the test in an +<I>if</I> + +statement, part of a command executed in a +<B>&&</B> + +or +<B>||</B> + +list except the command following the final <B>&&</B> or <B>||</B>, +any command in a pipeline but the last, +or if the command's return value is +being inverted using +<B>!</B>. + +These are the same conditions obeyed by the <B>errexit</B> (<B>-e</B>) option. +<P> + + +Signals ignored upon entry to the shell cannot be trapped or reset. +Trapped signals that are not being ignored are reset to their original +values in a subshell or subshell environment when one is created. +The return status is false if any +<I>sigspec</I> + +is invalid; otherwise +<B>trap</B> + +returns true. +<DT><B>type</B> [<B>-aftpP</B>] <I>name</I> [<I>name</I> ...]<DD> +With no options, +indicate how each +<I>name</I> + +would be interpreted if used as a command name. +If the +<B>-t</B> + +option is used, +<B>type</B> + +prints a string which is one of +<I>alias</I>, + +<I>keyword</I>, + +<I>function</I>, + +<I>builtin</I>, + +or +<I>file</I> + +if +<I>name</I> + +is an alias, shell reserved word, function, builtin, or disk file, +respectively. +If the +<I>name</I> + +is not found, then nothing is printed, and an exit status of false +is returned. +If the +<B>-p</B> + +option is used, +<B>type</B> + +either returns the name of the disk file +that would be executed if +<I>name</I> + +were specified as a command name, +or nothing if +<TT>type -t name</TT> + +would not return +<I>file</I>. + +The +<B>-P</B> + +option forces a +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PATH</B> + +</FONT> +search for each <I>name</I>, even if +<TT>type -t name</TT> + +would not return +<I>file</I>. + +If a command is hashed, +<B>-p</B> + +and +<B>-P</B> + +print the hashed value, which is not necessarily the file that appears +first in +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PATH</B>. + +</FONT> +If the +<B>-a</B> + +option is used, +<B>type</B> + +prints all of the places that contain +an executable named +<I>name</I>. + +This includes aliases and functions, +if and only if the +<B>-p</B> + +option is not also used. +The table of hashed commands is not consulted +when using +<B>-a</B>. + +The +<B>-f</B> + +option suppresses shell function lookup, as with the <B>command</B> builtin. +<B>type</B> + +returns true if all of the arguments are found, false if +any are not found. +<DT><B>ulimit</B> [<B>-HS</B>] <B>-a</B><DD> + +<DT><B>ulimit</B> [<B>-HS</B>] [<B>-bcdefiklmnpqrstuvxPRT</B> [<I>limit</I>]]<DD> + +Provides control over the resources available to the shell and to +processes started by it, on systems that allow such control. +The <B>-H</B> and <B>-S</B> options specify that the hard or soft limit is +set for the given resource. +A hard limit cannot be increased by a non-root user once it is set; +a soft limit may be increased up to the value of the hard limit. +If neither <B>-H</B> nor <B>-S</B> is specified, both the soft and hard +limits are set. +The value of +<I>limit</I> + +can be a number in the unit specified for the resource +or one of the special values +<B>hard</B>, + +<B>soft</B>, + +or +<B>unlimited</B>, + +which stand for the current hard limit, the current soft limit, and +no limit, respectively. +If +<I>limit</I> + +is omitted, the current value of the soft limit of the resource is +printed, unless the <B>-H</B> option is given. When more than one +resource is specified, the limit name and unit, if appropriate, +are printed before the value. +Other options are interpreted as follows: +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>-a</B> + +<DD> +All current limits are reported; no limits are set +<DT><B>-b</B> + +<DD> +The maximum socket buffer size +<DT><B>-c</B> + +<DD> +The maximum size of core files created +<DT><B>-d</B> + +<DD> +The maximum size of a process's data segment +<DT><B>-e</B> + +<DD> +The maximum scheduling priority ("nice") +<DT><B>-f</B> + +<DD> +The maximum size of files written by the shell and its children +<DT><B>-i</B> + +<DD> +The maximum number of pending signals +<DT><B>-k</B> + +<DD> +The maximum number of kqueues that may be allocated +<DT><B>-l</B> + +<DD> +The maximum size that may be locked into memory +<DT><B>-m</B> + +<DD> +The maximum resident set size (many systems do not honor this limit) +<DT><B>-n</B> + +<DD> +The maximum number of open file descriptors (most systems do not +allow this value to be set) +<DT><B>-p</B> + +<DD> +The pipe size in 512-byte blocks (this may not be set) +<DT><B>-q</B> + +<DD> +The maximum number of bytes in POSIX message queues +<DT><B>-r</B> + +<DD> +The maximum real-time scheduling priority +<DT><B>-s</B> + +<DD> +The maximum stack size +<DT><B>-t</B> + +<DD> +The maximum amount of cpu time in seconds +<DT><B>-u</B> + +<DD> +The maximum number of processes available to a single user +<DT><B>-v</B> + +<DD> +The maximum amount of virtual memory available to the shell and, on +some systems, to its children +<DT><B>-x</B> + +<DD> +The maximum number of file locks +<DT><B>-P</B> + +<DD> +The maximum number of pseudoterminals +<DT><B>-R</B> + +<DD> +The maximum time a real-time process can run before blocking, in microseconds +<DT><B>-T</B> + +<DD> +The maximum number of threads + +</DL> +<P> + +If +<I>limit</I> + +is given, and the +<B>-a</B> + +option is not used, +<I>limit</I> is the new value of the specified resource. +If no option is given, then +<B>-f</B> + +is assumed. Values are in 1024-byte increments, except for +<B>-t</B>, + +which is in seconds; +<B>-R</B>, + +which is in microseconds; +<B>-p</B>, + +which is in units of 512-byte blocks; +<B>-P</B>, + +<B>-T</B>, + +<B>-b</B>, + +<B>-k</B>, + +<B>-n</B>, + +and +<B>-u</B>, + +which are unscaled values; +and, when in posix mode, +<B>-c</B> + +and +<B>-f</B>, + +which are in 512-byte increments. +The return status is 0 unless an invalid option or argument is supplied, +or an error occurs while setting a new limit. +</DL> + +<DT><B>umask</B> [<B>-p</B>] [<B>-S</B>] [<I>mode</I>]<DD> +The user file-creation mask is set to +<I>mode</I>. + +If +<I>mode</I> + +begins with a digit, it +is interpreted as an octal number; otherwise +it is interpreted as a symbolic mode mask similar +to that accepted by +<I>chmod</I>(1). + +If +<I>mode</I> + +is omitted, the current value of the mask is printed. +The +<B>-S</B> + +option causes the mask to be printed in symbolic form; the +default output is an octal number. +If the +<B>-p</B> + +option is supplied, and +<I>mode</I> + +is omitted, the output is in a form that may be reused as input. +The return status is 0 if the mode was successfully changed or if +no <I>mode</I> argument was supplied, and false otherwise. +<DT><B>unalias</B> [-<B>a</B>] [<I>name</I> ...]<DD> +Remove each <I>name</I> from the list of defined aliases. If +<B>-a</B> + +is supplied, all alias definitions are removed. The return +value is true unless a supplied +<I>name</I> + +is not a defined alias. +<DT><B>unset</B> [-<B>fv</B>] [-<B>n</B>] [<I>name</I> ...]<DD> +For each +<I>name</I>, + +remove the corresponding variable or function. +If the +<B>-v</B> + +option is given, each +<I>name</I> + +refers to a shell variable, and that variable is removed. +Read-only variables may not be unset. +If +<B>-f</B> + +is specified, each +<I>name</I> + +refers to a shell function, and the function definition +is removed. +If the +<B>-n</B> + +option is supplied, and <I>name</I> is a variable with the <I>nameref</I> +attribute, <I>name</I> will be unset rather than the variable it +references. +<B>-n</B> has no effect if the <B>-f</B> option is supplied. +If no options are supplied, each <I>name</I> refers to a variable; if +there is no variable by that name, a function with that name, if any, is +unset. +Each unset variable or function is removed from the environment +passed to subsequent commands. +If any of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASH_ALIASES</B>, + +</FONT> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASH_ARGV0</B>, + +</FONT> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASH_CMDS</B>, + +</FONT> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASH_COMMAND</B>, + +</FONT> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASH_SUBSHELL</B>, + +</FONT> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASHPID</B>, + +</FONT> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>COMP_WORDBREAKS</B>, + +</FONT> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>DIRSTACK</B>, + +</FONT> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>EPOCHREALTIME</B>, + +</FONT> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>EPOCHSECONDS</B>, + +</FONT> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>FUNCNAME</B>, + +</FONT> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>GROUPS</B>, + +</FONT> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTCMD</B>, + +</FONT> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>LINENO</B>, + +</FONT> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>RANDOM</B>, + +</FONT> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SECONDS</B>, + +</FONT> +or +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SRANDOM</B> + +</FONT> +are unset, they lose their special properties, even if they are +subsequently reset. The exit status is true unless a +<I>name</I> + +is readonly. +<DT><B>wait</B> [<B>-fn</B>] [-p <I>varname</I>] [<I>id ...</I>]<DD> +Wait for each specified child process and return its termination status. +Each +<I>id</I> + +may be a process +ID or a job specification; if a job spec is given, all processes +in that job's pipeline are waited for. If +<I>id</I> + +is not given, +<B>wait</B> waits for all running background jobs and +the last-executed process substitution, if its process id is the same as +<B>$!</B>, +and the return status is zero. +If the <B>-n</B> option is supplied, +<B>wait</B> waits for a single job +from the list of <I>id</I>s or, if no <I>id</I>s are supplied, any job, +to complete and returns its exit status. +If none of the supplied arguments is a child of the shell, or if no arguments +are supplied and the shell has no unwaited-for children, the exit status +is 127. +If the <B>-p</B> option is supplied, the process or job identifier of the job +for which the exit status is returned is assigned to the variable +<I>varname</I> named by the option argument. +The variable will be unset initially, before any assignment. +This is useful only when the <B>-n</B> option is supplied. +Supplying the <B>-f</B> option, when job control is enabled, +forces <B>wait</B> to wait for <I>id</I> to terminate before returning +its status, instead of returning when it changes status. +If +<I>id</I> + +specifies a non-existent process or job, the return status is +127. Otherwise, the return status is the exit status of the last +process or job waited for. +</DL> +<A NAME="lbDC"> </A> +<H3>SHELL COMPATIBILITY MODE</H3> + +Bash-4.0 introduced the concept of a `shell compatibility level', specified +as a set of options to the shopt builtin +<B>compat31</B>, + +<B>compat32</B>, + +<B>compat40</B>, + +<B>compat41</B>, + +and so on). +There is only one current +compatibility level -- each option is mutually exclusive. +The compatibility level is intended to allow users to select behavior +from previous versions that is incompatible with newer versions +while they migrate scripts to use current features and +behavior. It's intended to be a temporary solution. +<P> + +This section does not mention behavior that is standard for a particular +version (e.g., setting <B>compat32</B> means that quoting the rhs of the regexp +matching operator quotes special regexp characters in the word, which is +default behavior in bash-3.2 and above). +<P> + +If a user enables, say, <B>compat32</B>, it may affect the behavior of other +compatibility levels up to and including the current compatibility level. +The idea is that each compatibility level controls behavior that changed +in that version of <B>bash</B>, +but that behavior may have been present in earlier versions. +For instance, the change to use locale-based comparisons with the <B>[[</B> +command came in bash-4.1, and earlier versions used ASCII-based comparisons, +so enabling <B>compat32</B> will enable ASCII-based comparisons as well. +That granularity may not be sufficient for +all uses, and as a result users should employ compatibility levels carefully. +Read the documentation for a particular feature to find out the +current behavior. +<P> + +Bash-4.3 introduced a new shell variable: +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASH_COMPAT</B>. + +</FONT> +The value assigned +to this variable (a decimal version number like 4.2, or an integer +corresponding to the <B>compat</B><I>NN</I> option, like 42) determines the +compatibility level. +<P> + +Starting with bash-4.4, Bash has begun deprecating older compatibility +levels. +Eventually, the options will be removed in favor of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASH_COMPAT</B>. + +</FONT> +<P> + +Bash-5.0 is the final version for which there will be an individual shopt +option for the previous version. Users should use +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASH_COMPAT</B> + +</FONT> +on bash-5.0 and later versions. +<P> + +The following table describes the behavior changes controlled by each +compatibility level setting. +The <B>compat</B><I>NN</I> tag is used as shorthand for setting the +compatibility level +to <I>NN</I> using one of the following mechanisms. +For versions prior to bash-5.0, the compatibility level may be set using +the corresponding <B>compat</B><I>NN</I> shopt option. +For bash-4.3 and later versions, the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASH_COMPAT</B> + +</FONT> +variable is preferred, +and it is required for bash-5.1 and later versions. +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><B>compat31</B><DD> + +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<DL COMPACT> +<DT>*<DD> +quoting the rhs of the <B>[[</B> command's regexp matching operator (=~) +has no special effect +</DL></DL> + + +<DT><B>compat32</B><DD> + +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<DL COMPACT> +<DT>*<DD> +interrupting a command list such as "a ; b ; c" causes the execution +of the next command in the list (in bash-4.0 and later versions, +the shell acts as if it received the interrupt, so +interrupting one command in a list aborts the execution of the +entire list) +</DL></DL> + + +<DT><B>compat40</B><DD> + +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<DL COMPACT> +<DT>*<DD> +the <B><</B> and <B>></B> operators to the <B>[[</B> command do not +consider the current locale when comparing strings; they use ASCII +ordering. +Bash versions prior to bash-4.1 use ASCII collation and +<I>strcmp</I>(3); + +bash-4.1 and later use the current locale's collation sequence and +<I>strcoll</I>(3). + +</DL></DL> + + +<DT><B>compat41</B><DD> + +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<DL COMPACT> +<DT>*<DD> +in <I>posix</I> mode, <B>time</B> may be followed by options and still be +recognized as a reserved word (this is POSIX interpretation 267) +<DT>*<DD> +in <I>posix</I> mode, the parser requires that an even number of single +quotes occur in the <I>word</I> portion of a double-quoted +parameter expansion and treats them specially, so that characters within +the single quotes are considered quoted +(this is POSIX interpretation 221) +</DL></DL> + + +<DT><B>compat42</B><DD> + +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<DL COMPACT> +<DT>*<DD> +the replacement string in double-quoted pattern substitution does not +undergo quote removal, as it does in versions after bash-4.2 +<DT>*<DD> +in posix mode, single quotes are considered special when expanding +the <I>word</I> portion of a double-quoted parameter expansion +and can be used to quote a closing brace or other special character +(this is part of POSIX interpretation 221); +in later versions, single quotes +are not special within double-quoted word expansions +</DL></DL> + + +<DT><B>compat43</B><DD> + +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<DL COMPACT> +<DT>*<DD> +the shell does not print a warning message if an attempt is made to +use a quoted compound assignment as an argument to declare +(declare -a foo='(1 2)'). Later versions warn that this usage is +deprecated +<DT>*<DD> +word expansion errors are considered non-fatal errors that cause the +current command to fail, even in posix mode +(the default behavior is to make them fatal errors that cause the shell +to exit) +<DT>*<DD> +when executing a shell function, the loop state (while/until/etc.) +is not reset, so <B>break</B> or <B>continue</B> in that function will break +or continue loops in the calling context. Bash-4.4 and later reset +the loop state to prevent this +</DL></DL> + + +<DT><B>compat44</B><DD> + +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<DL COMPACT> +<DT>*<DD> +the shell sets up the values used by +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASH_ARGV</B> + +</FONT> +and +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASH_ARGC</B> + +</FONT> +so they can expand to the shell's positional parameters even if extended +debugging mode is not enabled +<DT>*<DD> +a subshell inherits loops from its parent context, so <B>break</B> +or <B>continue</B> will cause the subshell to exit. +Bash-5.0 and later reset the loop state to prevent the exit +<DT>*<DD> +variable assignments preceding builtins like <B>export</B> and <B>readonly</B> +that set attributes continue to affect variables with the same +name in the calling environment even if the shell is not in posix +mode +</DL></DL> + + +<DT><B>compat50</B><DD> + +<DL COMPACT><DT><DD> +<DL COMPACT> +<DT>*<DD> +Bash-5.1 changed the way +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>$RANDOM</B> + +</FONT> +is generated to introduce slightly +more randomness. If the shell compatibility level is set to 50 or +lower, it reverts to the method from bash-5.0 and previous versions, +so seeding the random number generator by assigning a value to +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>RANDOM</B> + +</FONT> +will produce the same sequence as in bash-5.0 +<DT>*<DD> +If the command hash table is empty, bash versions prior to bash-5.1 +printed an informational message to that effect, even when producing +output that can be reused as input. Bash-5.1 suppresses that message +when the <B>-l</B> option is supplied. +</DL></DL> + + + + +</DL> +<A NAME="lbDD"> </A> +<H3>RESTRICTED SHELL</H3> + + + +<P> + +If +<B>bash</B> + +is started with the name +<B>rbash</B>, + +or the +<B>-r</B> + +option is supplied at invocation, +the shell becomes restricted. +A restricted shell is used to +set up an environment more controlled than the standard shell. +It behaves identically to +<B>bash</B> + +with the exception that the following are disallowed or not performed: +<DL COMPACT> +<DT>*<DD> +changing directories with <B>cd</B> +<DT>*<DD> +setting or unsetting the values of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELL</B>, + +</FONT> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>PATH</B>, + +</FONT> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>HISTFILE</B>, + +</FONT> +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>ENV</B>, + +</FONT> +or +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>BASH_ENV</B> + +</FONT> +<DT>*<DD> +specifying command names containing +<B>/</B> + +<DT>*<DD> +specifying a filename containing a +<B>/</B> + +as an argument to the +<B>.</B> + +builtin command +<DT>*<DD> +specifying a filename containing a slash as an argument to the +<B>history</B> + +builtin command +<DT>*<DD> +specifying a filename containing a slash as an argument to the +<B>-p</B> + +option to the +<B>hash</B> + +builtin command +<DT>*<DD> +importing function definitions from the shell environment at startup +<DT>*<DD> +parsing the value of +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHELLOPTS</B> + +</FONT> +from the shell environment at startup +<DT>*<DD> +redirecting output using the >, >|, <>, >&, &>, and >> redirection operators +<DT>*<DD> +using the +<B>exec</B> + +builtin command to replace the shell with another command +<DT>*<DD> +adding or deleting builtin commands with the +<B>-f</B> + +and +<B>-d</B> + +options to the +<B>enable</B> + +builtin command +<DT>*<DD> +using the <B>enable</B> builtin command to enable disabled shell builtins +<DT>*<DD> +specifying the +<B>-p</B> + +option to the +<B>command</B> + +builtin command +<DT>*<DD> +turning off restricted mode with +<B>set +r</B> or <B>set +o restricted</B>. +</DL> +<P> + +These restrictions are enforced after any startup files are read. +<P> + + + When a command that is found to be a shell script is executed +(see +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>COMMAND EXECUTION</B> + +</FONT> + +above), + +<B>rbash</B> + +turns off any restrictions in the shell spawned to execute the +script. + + +<A NAME="lbDE"> </A> +<H3>SEE ALSO</H3> + + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><I>Bash Reference Manual</I>, Brian Fox and Chet Ramey<DD> +<DT><I>The Gnu Readline Library</I>, Brian Fox and Chet Ramey<DD> +<DT><I>The Gnu History Library</I>, Brian Fox and Chet Ramey<DD> +<DT><I>Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX) Part 2: Shell and Utilities</I>, IEEE --<DD> +<A HREF="http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/">http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/</A> +<DT><A HREF="http://tiswww.case.edu/~chet/bash/POSIX">http://tiswww.case.edu/~chet/bash/POSIX</A> -- a description of posix mode<DD> +<DT><I>sh</I>(1), <I>ksh</I>(1), <I>csh</I>(1)<DD> +<DT><I>emacs</I>(1), <I>vi</I>(1)<DD> +<DT><I>readline</I>(3)<DD> + +</DL> +<A NAME="lbDF"> </A> +<H3>FILES</H3> + + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT> +<A HREF="file:/bin/bash"><I>/bin/bash</I></A> + +<DD> +The <B>bash</B> executable +<DT> +<A HREF="file:/etc/profile"><I>/etc/profile</I></A> + +<DD> +The systemwide initialization file, executed for login shells +<DT> +<A HREF="file:~/.bash_profile"><I>~/.bash_profile</I></A> + +<DD> +The personal initialization file, executed for login shells +<DT> +<A HREF="file:~/.bashrc"><I>~/.bashrc</I></A> + +<DD> +The individual per-interactive-shell startup file +<DT> +<A HREF="file:~/.bash_logout"><I>~/.bash_logout</I></A> + +<DD> +The individual login shell cleanup file, executed when a login shell exits +<DT> +<A HREF="file:~/.inputrc"><I>~/.inputrc</I></A> + +<DD> +Individual <I>readline</I> initialization file + +</DL> +<A NAME="lbDG"> </A> +<H3>AUTHORS</H3> + +Brian Fox, Free Software Foundation +<BR> + +<A HREF="mailto:bfox@gnu.org">bfox@gnu.org</A> +<P> + +Chet Ramey, Case Western Reserve University +<BR> + +<A HREF="mailto:chet.ramey@case.edu">chet.ramey@case.edu</A> +<A NAME="lbDH"> </A> +<H3>BUG REPORTS</H3> + +If you find a bug in +<B>bash,</B> + +you should report it. But first, you should +make sure that it really is a bug, and that it appears in the latest +version of +<B>bash</B>. + +The latest version is always available from +<I><A HREF="ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bash/">ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bash/</A></I>. +<P> + +Once you have determined that a bug actually exists, use the +<I>bashbug</I> + +command to submit a bug report. +If you have a fix, you are encouraged to mail that as well! +Suggestions and `philosophical' bug reports may be mailed +to <I><A HREF="mailto:bug-bash@gnu.org">bug-bash@gnu.org</A></I> or posted to the Usenet +newsgroup +<A HREF="news:gnu.bash.bug">gnu.bash.bug</A>. + +<P> + +ALL bug reports should include: +<P> + + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT>The version number of <B>bash</B><DD> +<DT>The hardware and operating system<DD> +<DT>The compiler used to compile<DD> +<DT>A description of the bug behaviour<DD> +<DT>A short script or `recipe' which exercises the bug<DD> + +</DL> +<P> + +<I>bashbug</I> + +inserts the first three items automatically into the template +it provides for filing a bug report. +<P> + +Comments and bug reports concerning +this manual page should be directed to +<I><A HREF="mailto:chet.ramey@case.edu">chet.ramey@case.edu</A></I>. + +<A NAME="lbDI"> </A> +<H3>BUGS</H3> + +It's too big and too slow. +<P> + +There are some subtle differences between +<B>bash</B> + +and traditional versions of +<B>sh</B>, + +mostly because of the +<FONT SIZE=-1><B>POSIX</B> + +</FONT> +specification. +<P> + +Aliases are confusing in some uses. +<P> + +Shell builtin commands and functions are not stoppable/restartable. +<P> + +Compound commands and command sequences of the form `a ; b ; c' +are not handled gracefully when process suspension is attempted. +When a process is stopped, the shell immediately executes the next +command in the sequence. +It suffices to place the sequence of commands between +parentheses to force it into a subshell, which may be stopped as +a unit. +<P> + +Array variables may not (yet) be exported. +<P> + +There may be only one active coprocess at a time. + + + +<HR> +<TABLE WIDTH=100%> +<TR> +<TH ALIGN=LEFT width=33%>GNU Bash 5.1<TH ALIGN=CENTER width=33%>2020 October 29<TH ALIGN=RIGHT width=33%>BASH(1) +</TR> +</TABLE> +<HR> +<A NAME="index"> </A><H2>Index</H2> +<DL> +<DT><A HREF="#lbAB">NAME</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbAC">SYNOPSIS</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbAD">COPYRIGHT</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbAE">DESCRIPTION</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbAF">OPTIONS</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbAG">ARGUMENTS</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbAH">INVOCATION</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbAI">DEFINITIONS</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbAJ">RESERVED WORDS</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbAK">SHELL GRAMMAR</A><DD> +<DL> +<DT><A HREF="#lbAL">Simple Commands</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbAM">Pipelines</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbAN">Lists</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbAO">Compound Commands</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbAP">Coprocesses</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbAQ">Shell Function Definitions</A><DD> +</DL> +<DT><A HREF="#lbAR">COMMENTS</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbAS">QUOTING</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbAT">PARAMETERS</A><DD> +<DL> +<DT><A HREF="#lbAU">Positional Parameters</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbAV">Special Parameters</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbAW">Shell Variables</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbAX">Arrays</A><DD> +</DL> +<DT><A HREF="#lbAY">EXPANSION</A><DD> +<DL> +<DT><A HREF="#lbAZ">Brace Expansion</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbBA">Tilde Expansion</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbBB">Parameter Expansion</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbBC">Command Substitution</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbBD">Arithmetic Expansion</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbBE">Process Substitution</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbBF">Word Splitting</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbBG">Pathname Expansion</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbBH">Quote Removal</A><DD> +</DL> +<DT><A HREF="#lbBI">REDIRECTION</A><DD> +<DL> +<DT><A HREF="#lbBJ">Redirecting Input</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbBK">Redirecting Output</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbBL">Appending Redirected Output</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbBM">Redirecting Standard Output and Standard Error</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbBN">Appending Standard Output and Standard Error</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbBO">Here Documents</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbBP">Here Strings</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbBQ">Duplicating File Descriptors</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbBR">Moving File Descriptors</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbBS">Opening File Descriptors for Reading and Writing</A><DD> +</DL> +<DT><A HREF="#lbBT">ALIASES</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbBU">FUNCTIONS</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbBV">ARITHMETIC EVALUATION</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbBW">CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbBX">SIMPLE COMMAND EXPANSION</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbBY">COMMAND EXECUTION</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbBZ">COMMAND EXECUTION ENVIRONMENT</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbCA">ENVIRONMENT</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbCB">EXIT STATUS</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbCC">SIGNALS</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbCD">JOB CONTROL</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbCE">PROMPTING</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbCF">READLINE</A><DD> +<DL> +<DT><A HREF="#lbCG">Readline Notation</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbCH">Readline Initialization</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbCI">Readline Key Bindings</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbCJ">Readline Variables</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbCK">Readline Conditional Constructs</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbCL">Searching</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbCM">Readline Command Names</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbCN">Commands for Moving</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbCO">Commands for Manipulating the History</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbCP">Commands for Changing Text</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbCQ">Killing and Yanking</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbCR">Numeric Arguments</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbCS">Completing</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbCT">Keyboard Macros</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbCU">Miscellaneous</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbCV">Programmable Completion</A><DD> +</DL> +<DT><A HREF="#lbCW">HISTORY</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbCX">HISTORY EXPANSION</A><DD> +<DL> +<DT><A HREF="#lbCY">Event Designators</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbCZ">Word Designators</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbDA">Modifiers</A><DD> +</DL> +<DT><A HREF="#lbDB">SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbDC">SHELL COMPATIBILITY MODE</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbDD">RESTRICTED SHELL</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbDE">SEE ALSO</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbDF">FILES</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbDG">AUTHORS</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbDH">BUG REPORTS</A><DD> +<DT><A HREF="#lbDI">BUGS</A><DD> +</DL> +<HR> +This document was created by man2html from bash.1.<BR> +Time: 18 November 2020 15:13:09 EST +</BODY> +</HTML> |